Initial Environmental Examination

Transcription

1 Initial Environmental Examination Document Stage: Draft for Discussion Project Number: IND October 2012 India: Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Programme Tranche 2 Prepared by HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) The initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

2 Table of Contents ABBREVIATIONS iii WEIGHTS AND MEASURES iii EXECUTIVE SUMMARY INTRODUCTION Background Scope of Work and Methodology Adopted Applicable Environmental and other Legislations DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT Type of Project Category of Project Need for the Project Location Size and Magnitude of the Operation Implementation Plan DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT Physical Resources Ecological Resources Economic Development Social and Cultural Resources SCREENING OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES HPPTCL s Approach for Route Selection Alternatives for Subproject Components Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures Environmental Management Plan INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME Institutional arrangements Monitoring of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Environmental Management Plan Budget Costs Critical Environmental Review Criteria Associated Facilities Health and Safety Management GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM Information Disclosure Awareness of Stakeholders The Grievance Redress Mechanism PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE Consultation Findings FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS CONCLUSIONS 87 Annexure 1 Applicable Rules, Regulations, Policies and Procedures 88 Annexure 2 Alternative Site Analysis for Grid Substations 90 Annexure 3 Alternative Route Analysis for Transmission Lines 98 Annexure 4 Inventorisation along the Transmission Lines 105 Annexure 5 Environment Management Plan (EMP) 116 Annexure 6 Measurement of Environmental Parameters & Periodicity 123 Annexure 7 Details of Public Consultations 126 Annexure 9 Highlights of Census 2011 in comparison with 2001 data 138 Annexure 10 National Parks and Sanctuaries in Himachal Pradesh 139 Annexure 11 Application for Connectivity for Associated Hydropower Projects to HPPTCL system 150

3 ABBREVIATIONS ADB Asian Development Bank ACSR Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced AMSL Average Mean Sea Level CEA Central Electricity Authority CPCB Central Pollution Control Board, Government of India DC or D/C Double Circuit DPR Detailed Project Report EA Executing Agency EARF Environmental Assessment and Review Framework EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMoP Environmental Monitoring Plan EMP Environmental Management Plan EHV Extra High Voltage EPC Engineering, Procurement and Construction ESC Environment and Social Cell GHG Green House Gases GoHP Government of Himachal Pradesh GoI Government of India GRM Grievance Redressal Mechanism HP Himachal Pradesh HPCEDIP Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Development Investment Program HPCETIP Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program HPSPCB HP State Pollution Control Board HPPCL Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited HPPTCL HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited HPSEB Himachal Pradesh State Electricity Board IA Implementing Agency IEE Initial Environmental Examination LILO Line in- Line- out MFF Multi-tranche Financing Facility MOEF Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India PCB Poly Chlorinated Biphenyl PGCIL Power Grid Corporation of India Limited PMU Project Management Unit ROW Right of Way RP Resettlement Plan SF 6 Sulphur Hexafluoride WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ha (hectare) 10,000 sq m km (kilometer) 1,000 m kv kilovolt (1,000 volts) kw kilowatt (1,000 watts) kwh kilowatt-hour MVA Megavolt-Amperes MW Mega Watt

4 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. Himachal Pradesh is a mountainous state in northern India with a population of slightly over 6 million, has abundant water resources in the five major rivers flowing through the state from the western Himalayas. The hydropower generation potential of Himachal Pradesh is about 23,000 MW, which is about one-fourth of the total hydropower potential of India. In its Hydropower Policy (2007) 1, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) targets its comparative advantage in hydropower with the goal to become the "hydropower state" of the country. 2. The Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program (HPCETIP) is a $350 million multi tranche financing facility (MFF) from the Asian Development Bank (ADB), which will contribute to economic development in Himachal Pradesh through expanded power supplies from clean energy sources, and support a sustainable electricity sector in the state. HPCETIP will produce the following outcomes: (i) increase availability of clean energy downstream at pooling stations for effective power evacuation in a financially sustainable manner, (ii) improve state finances and power sector financial viability from sales revenue earned from power exports, (iii) improve sector governance, (iv) improve capacity in HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) for better planning, implementation and management of power evacuation infrastructure, and energy efficiency, and (v) improvement in implementation standards of environmental and social safeguards in the sector. With ADB support, the proposed program will sustain the energy sector reform agenda, and is expected to help attract other long-term financiers to the state. 3. The proposed Tranche 2 project, located in Kullu, Mandi, Chamba, Kinnaur and Shimla districts of Himachal Pradesh, consists of the following components: Power transmission lines: T1-66 kv km double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv switching station at Urni to Wangtoo GIS substation. T2-220 kv km transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation up to 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. T3-132 kv 6 km single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/132 kv Banjal GIS substation to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation. T4-132 kv 10 km D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) to LILO point at 132 kv Kangra-Dehra S/C transmission line. T5-220 kv 22.7 km D/C transmission line from Sunda to Hatkoti. T6-33 kv 11 km D/C line from 33 kv Palchan GIS switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP. T7-132 kv 38.7 km D/C transmission line from Barsaini to Charor. T8-220 kv 18.6 km D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL. EHV Pooling Substations: S1-66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni. S2-33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA Pooling substation (P.S.) at Lahal. S3-33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS P.S.at Banjal. S4-33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS P.S. at Chambi (Shahpur) with LILO of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line S5 220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti. S6-66/132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS pooling substation at Sunda. S7-33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan. S8-132/220 kv, 2x50/ 63 MVA, GIS substation, Charor. S9-33/132 kv, 2x 25/ 31.5 MVA GIS substation, Barsaini. S10-33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura- Kangoo D/C transmission line Capacity Building and Training: HPPTCL needs for capacity building and skills augmentation through training on technical aspects, study trips and exposure, project management, contracts related conflict resolution, environmental and social assessment, review and monitoring and IT related Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) shall be undertaken. More training modules may be added in future depending on new staffing situation. 4. As per Government of India s (GoI) Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Act 2009, Power transmission projects are not listed as environmental sensitive projects and hence no clearance is required from Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (HPSPCB) or Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI. Clearance from HP Forest Department is required only in cases where subproject is constructed on forestland or requires cutting of forest trees. However, National Environmental Policy 2006 of Government of India (GoI) and Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 of ADB and procedures and guidelines thereto apply to all components/subprojects funded by ADB. 5. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) has been prepared for Tranche 2 subprojects funded under HPCETIP. This IEE report comprises baseline data on existing conditions on 1 Government of Himachal Pradesh Hydro Power Policy (2007). Shimla.

5 physical, ecological, economic, and social aspects, together with the anticipated environmental impacts and proposed mitigation measures. Observations were made between February to September 2012 along the proposed transmission line tower locations, as well as in and around the proposed premises for new substations. The alignment of line may slightly vary after the exact demarcation of tower locations. Field surveys were also undertaken to assess the physical and biological environment. Detailed assessment of the baseline environment was conducted for the entire route of the proposed alignments and data collection from secondary sources has been done to support the findings of the field survey. The field studies were supported by data collected from secondary sources such as internet, forest atlas and published GOIs data from 2001/2011 population census statistics data, as well as from authorities such as HPPTCL, H.P. State Pollution Control Board (HPPCB), Forest and other Departments. 6. The Urni and Lahal substation lands belong to HPPTCL. The Sunda substation land is under advanced stages of acquisition/purchase, whereas Chambi and Pandoh substations are located on government land. The other lands selected at Palchan, Banjal, Charor, Hatkoti, and Barsaini substations are located on private lands. These lands will be purchased at market rates and acquisition of land will not be required from the surrounding communities. For these substation lands, Table 58 gives the total number of trees to be felled. The larger extent of proposed transmission lines from Sunda-Hatkoti (22.7 km), Urni-Wangtoo ( km), Palchan-Prini (11 km), Barsaini-Charor (38.7 km), Charor-Barnala (18.6 km), Banjal-Kuthala (6.0 km), and Lahal- Budhil (1.895 km) will run mostly from hilltop to hilltop through barren lands, cultivated lands, uncultivated lands and forestlands. These line routes have been selected with least impacts on forests, trees cultivable land and habitation. Wherever possible, the alignments have been proposed either on hilltop-to-hilltop routes or towers with extra heights to reduce the impacts on land underneath while maintaining the mandatory clearance as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80). The proposed alignments pose minimum disturbance to any reserve forests or any sanctuary and national parks in the state. However, some trees will be required to be felled that fall under the RoW for which CA will be done as per Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (including its amendments) and as per HPPTCL s Enviroment and Social Safeguards Policy 2011 (as listed in HPPTCL website) for the transmission line. 7. Environmental impacts are likely to result from the proposed project development, though impacts are manageable and can be managed cost effectively. Careful mitigation and monitoring, specific selection criteria and review/assessment procedures for all subprojects have been followed to ensure that minimal impacts take place. The detailed design would ensure that any such environmental impacts, that could not be specified or identified at this stage, are taken into account when they occur and mitigated as necessary. Those impacts can be reduced through the use of mitigation measures such as correction in work practices at the construction sites, or through the careful selection of sites and access routes. The number of trees to be felled can be significantly reduced by using flexible tower placement, conductor height, and using hilltop-tohilltop routes. Crop damage will be evaluated during detailed survey by the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) contractor. 8. The proposed project will have a number of positive impacts and negative impacts on the existing environment as follows: Positive Impacts: The proposed project will improve operational efficiency and quality of power, reliability of the system and at the same time will reduce losses due to interconnection with HPSEBL network and hence virtual upradation to higher voltage level and better voltage profile. Evacuation of power to both the local areas and regions outside the state will boost overall economic development of the state due to extra revenues generated by power sold outside the state due to additional power evacuation infrastructure. Negative Impacts: Removal of trees for the transmission line is the main negative impact on the proposed project area, which will be compensated by the compensatory afforestation (CA) by the

6 forest department. Environment pollution due to cut and fill operations, transportation of construction materials, disposal of debris, disturbance to the farming activities, nuisance from dust, noise, vehicle fumes, black smoke, and vibration due to construction activities are the short term negative impacts due to proposed project. Though most of the lines will pass from hilltop to hilltop, the loss of agricultural productivity due to reduction of land for agricultural and horticultural purposes will be minimal. Any loss of crop, fruit/non-fruit tree that will be felled will be compensated based on established rates by concerned Forest/Horticulture departments of GoHP. 9. Various mitigation measures to be taken prior to the project activities are listed in the project's IEE/EMP. Potential adverse environment impacts associated with transmission lines have been avoided or minimised through careful route selection. The alignment is sited away from major settlements, whenever possible, to account for future urban expansion. Reserve forests areas and thick vegetation areas are avoided. However, route alignment passes through barren lands, fruit orchards, and forests lands and avoids any national park or sanctuary. The alignments in this project will also avoid reserve forest areas as well as geologically unstable areas, which can also pose foundation related problems. Land acquisition is required for placing transmission towers on private land as per standard practise. The land shall be purchased at mutually agreed rates or even acquired as per GoHP rules. Whereever the land is not acquired, any physical damage to the crops during the construction phase of the project will be compensated at the time of damage as per GoHP rules as the impacts on agricultural/horticultural lands will be restricted to the construction phase and will be temporary in nature. 10. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award. 11. Associated Facilities. There are several hydropower projects (HEPs) that will connect to these lines and substations in the future and HPPTCL will evaluate these projects once their details are provided by the project proponents. HPPTCL has a standard application procedure prescribed by HP Energy Regulatory Commission (HPERC) making it mandatory for all associated HEPs to provide information to ensure that their facilities comply with GoI and GoHP rules for environmental and social clearances before they connect to the HPPTCL transmission system. 12. Public Consultations. Public consultations with the project affected communities, stakeholders, and government officers focussed on existing environmental conditions around the proposed transmission lines/ substations and the potential impacts that could happen due to project implementation have been completed. 13. Since the HPCETIP does not involve activities that have significant adverse impacts, the present IEE has been prepared to determine the impact of power transmission aspects as per ADB s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 and consistent with ADB s Operations Manual F1/BP and F1/OP (2003), and Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003). Accordingly, the environmental classification for the Tranche 2 projects is Environment Category B. 14. Conclusion. Benefits far outweigh negative impacts. Overall, the major social and environmental impacts associated with transmission projects are limited to the construction period and can be mitigated to an acceptable level by implementation of recommended measures and by best engineering and environmental practices.

7 4 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Background 1. The hydropower generation potential of Himachal Pradesh is about 23,000 MW, which is about one-fourth of the total hydropower potential of India. In its Hydropower Policy (2007) 2, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) targets its comparative advantage in hydropower with the goal to become the "hydropower state" of the country. The state's hydropower development includes construction of enabling infrastructure such as road access and transmission interconnections to facilitate hydropower development, and to encourage investment from the state, central government and private sectors in hydropower generation projects the majority of which are run-off-river type. This will improve state finances from sales revenue earned from supplying surplus power to the national grid. In addition to developing its hydropower resources, HP has to build out its electric transmission infrastructure so that the additional power can be efficiently transmitted within the state and exported to the national grid. 2. For improvement, strengthening of existing and building of new infrastructure for effective power evacuation, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) through the Government of India (GoI), had requested the Asian Development Bank (ADB) for a multitranche financing facility (MFF) to partly finance the power sector investment program in the state. The investment program covers investments for transmission of clean energy to National Grid of India by construction of pooling substations and EHV transmission lines. To implement this activity, Himachal Pradesh Government has established H.P. Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) vide HP Government Notification Nos.: MPP-A (1)-4/2006-Loose dated 11th September, 2008 as the State Transmission Utility (STU). 3. The $350 million investments in the MFF will contribute to support the economic development in Himachal Pradesh through expanded power supplies from clean energy sources, and support a sustainable state electricity sector in the state. The Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Investment Program (HPCETIP) will produce the following outcomes: (i) increase availability of clean energy downstream at pooling stations for effective power evacuation in a financially sustainable manner, (ii) improve state finances and power sector financial viability from sales revenue earned from power exports, (iii) improve sector governance, (iv) improve capacity in HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited (HPPTCL) for better planning, implementation and management of power evacuation infrastructure, and energy efficiency through a better power management program, and (v) improvement in implementation standards of environmental and social safeguards in the sector. With ADB support, the proposed program will sustain the energy sector reform agenda, and is expected to help attract other long-term financiers to the state. 4. The proposed Tranche 2 Project, located in Chamba, Kullu, Kangra, Kinnaur, Mandi and Shimla districts of Himachal Pradesh, consists of the following components: Table 1 gives the investment component costs for Tranche 2. The following sections present each of these components. Table 1: Tranche 2 Subprojects SNo Name of Sub Project Cost in Million US Dollars COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 2.88 T1 66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation 2.02 COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal T2 220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of 1.81 Budhil HEP. S3 33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal Government of Himachal Pradesh, Hydro Power Policy (2007). Shimla.

8 SNo Name of Sub Project Cost in Million US Dollars T3 132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation 4.51 S4 33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) T4 132 kv D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti 9.76 T5 220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti S6 132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan 1.09 T6 33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of 7.16 Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor T8 220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL 9.92 S8 132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor S9 33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini S10 33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission 8.90 line Sub Total for Sub-projects V. Capacity Development etc Total in Cost in million US Dollars The Tranche 2 sub-projects are estimated to cost US$ 155 Million (including contingencies and interest during construction). HPPTCL is both the Executive Agency (EA) and Implementation Agency for the project. The Project Management Unit (PMU), headed by Senior Project Manager (Planning), was established at corporate level located in Shimla who is assisted by corresponding personnel from various functions Administration and Finance, Planning and Design, Procurement and contracts, Environment and Social Cell (ESC) and Project Construction. Project Implementation Units (PIUs) at divisional level are headed by Executive Engineers at four geographic locations in the state. 1.2 Scope of Work and Methodology Adopted 6. This Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) has been prepared for the Tranche 2 subprojects funded under HPCETIP. This IEE requires identification of potential environmental issues associated with the project and appropriate mitigation measures to be put in place to minimize the environmental impact. The broad scope of the IEE is: i) To conduct field visits to collect data relevant to the study area and also collect secondary data so as to establish the baseline environmental status of the study area; ii) To assess the impacts on environmental attributes due to the location, design, construction and operation of the proposed Project; iii) To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for mitigating the impacts for protecting the environment including institutional arrangements; iv) To identify critical environmental parameters required to be monitored subsequent to the implementation of the proposed project; v) To carry out consultation with local people to identify public perception regarding the project; and vi) To establish an Environment Monitoring Plan for HPPTCL to submit environmental monitoring reports to ADB at regular intervals. 7. This IEE report comprises baseline data on existing conditions on physical, ecological, economic and social aspects, together with the anticipated environmental impacts and proposed mitigation measures. Observations were made along the proposed transmission line tower locations, as well as in and around the proposed premises for new substations between February to September The alignment of transmission line may slightly vary after the exact demarcation of tower locations. Field surveys were also undertaken to assess the physical and biological environment. Detailed assessment of the baseline environment has been conducted for the entire route of the proposed alignments and data collection from secondary sources has been done to support the findings of the field survey. The field studies 5

9 were supported by data collected from secondary sources such as the internet, forest atlas and published GoI s data from 2001 population census statistics data, as well as from authorities such as HPPCL, HP State Pollution Control Board (HPSPCB), Forest and other departments. 8. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water bodies and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, and land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be provided for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award. 9. Public consultations with the project affected communities, stakeholders, and government officers focussed on existing environmental conditions around the proposed transmission lines/substations and the potential impacts that could happen due to project implementation. Since the HPCETIP does not involve activities that have significant adverse impacts, the present IEE has been prepared to determine the impact of power transmission aspects as per ADB s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 and Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003) 3. Accordingly, the environmental classification for the Tranche 2 project for Bhabha Nagar division are, Environment Category B Applicable Environmental and other Legislations 10. As per GoI s Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2009, Power transmission projects are not listed as environmental sensitive projects and hence no clearance is required from Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (HPSPCB) or Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI. Clearance from HP Forest Department is required only in cases where subproject is constructed on forestland or requires cutting of forest trees. Moreover, National Environmental Policy 2006 of Government of India (GoI) and Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 of ADB and procedures and guidelines as listed in Annexure 1 thereto apply to all components/subprojects funded by ADB. 11. The Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, vide its Notification Nos. S.O dated September 14, 2006, reengineered the EIA process in India, also decentralized some powers, and made provision to constitute the State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) and the State Level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC) for performing functions under the said Notification. For the HP State, the SEIAA and SEAC was constituted vide the MoEF, GoI, Notification Nos. S.O (E) dated October 11, 2007; however, both SEAC and SEIAA of Himachal Pradesh were reconstituted/ re-notified on March 21, 2011 vide Nos. S.O. 608 (E). In addition, the Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board's (HPSPCB) guidelines for project proponents apply to all HP state projects. 12. HPPTCL has notified an Environment and Social Safeguards Policy (ESSP) May 2011 and a Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy May 2011, which includes various safeguards principles and strategies as well as outlines methods for calculation of compensation, taking into account the prevailing market prices. 3 ADB 2003: Operations Manual, Environment Policy, Environmental Guidelines for Selected Industrial and Power Projects, and Environmental Assessment Guidelines, Manila.

10 7 2.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 2.1 Type of Project 13. The comprehensive Power System Master Plan 4, completed in December 2010 with ADB assistance, considers transmission requirements in each of HP s five major river basins where hydropower generation is either being built or planned, with an overarching objective of economic least cost development at appropriate levels of supply security and reliability. This includes overhead transmission line planning, substation equipment planning, and system integration into the National Electricity Plan. 14. Consequent to the recommendations of the master plan under HPCETIP, Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) pooling substation are proposed in place of conventional Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS) substations to reduce cost of development of land and civil works which forms a major part of capital cost in mountaneous terrain. Power evacuation systems have been designed so that each developer is provided with two distinct points for power evacuation. This arrangement provides reliability and any fault at one point can ensure continuity of power. 15. The project also includes institutional strengthening initiatives for the state s power sector entities. Specific to transmission, this includes capacity development objectives for further corporatization of HPPTCL and installation of enterprise resource planning software, given the considerable investment plans for additional hydropower and commensurate transmission system investments in HP and HPPTCL s central role in new transmission system upgrades as an STU. 2.2 Category of Project 16. The Tranche 2 components of the Himachal Pradesh Clean Energy Transmission Project includes: COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects Subproject S1-66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni. Subproject T1-66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation. COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects Subproject S2-33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S.) at Lahal. Subproject T2-220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. Subproject S3-33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal Subproject T3-132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation Subproject S4-33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur). Subproject T4-132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation with LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line. COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects Subproject S5-220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti. Subproject T5-220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti. Subproject S6 66/132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda. 4 Funded under a component of TA 7181-IND: Capacity Building for Himachal Pradesh Power Sector Agencies.

11 8 COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects Subproject S7-33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan. Subproject T6-33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP. Subproject T7-132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor. Subproject T8-220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL Subproject S8-132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor. Subproject S9-33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini. Subproject S10-33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line. Capacity Building and Training 17. HPPTCL, established on 11 th September 2008, has been hiring staff on secondment from the previously unbundled HP State Electricity Board Limited (HPSEBL). To have effective and oriented personnel, HPPTCL needs capacity building and skills augmentation through training on technical aspects, study trips and exposure, project management, contracts related conflict resolution, environmental and social assessment, review and monitoring and IT related Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP). More training modules may be added in future depending on emerging staffing situation. 2.3 Need for the Project 18. Due to the fast emerging energy demand in the country, there is a distinct necessity for strengthening and expanding the transmission networks. Himachal Pradesh is going to be the hub of clean energy generating facilities through hydroelectric potential. As a number of new projects are planned in Pabbar, Sangla, Ravi, Beas, Satluj River basins, HPPTCL is intending to construct an Integrated Transmission System in the area due to limited corridor availability and mountaneous terrain constraints. This will take care of network reliability and redundancy in the system to evacuate power in case of an outage of any transmission line because of unforeseen conditions. In most cases, the circuit outage contingency is taken care of although tower outage contingency is not being met. Figure 1 gives the location of the transmission lines and the substations within the HP state. COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects 19. To evacuate overall power generated in Satluj basin, a 66 kv switching substation is proposed to be constructed at Urni and it will be connected to proposed 400 kv substation of Power Grid nearby through Wangtoo substation funded by ADB in Tranche - 1 which will cater to 421 MW power from various HEPs of Satluj basin. Figure 2 gives the location of the transmission lines and substation within the district. Subproject S1-66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni. Subproject T1-66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation. 20. This project is being constructed to evacuate power from small HEPs installed through Himurja in Sangla valley (Satluj basin) which are estimated to be of the order of 45 MW. From this 66 kv substation at Urni, a 66 kv D/C transmission line shall emanate and interface at 66/220/400 kv pooling station at Wangtoo (Sherpa Colony). 66/220/400 KV GIS substation will be created by Line-in Line-out (LILO) of two circuits of the existing 220 KV Kashang- Bhaba

12 transmission line and two circuits of 400 kv Wangtoo- Abdullapur D/C transmission line. COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects 21. Figure 5 gives the location of the transmission lines and substation within the district. Subproject S2-33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal. Subproject T2-220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. 22. Approximately 65.8 MW to be evacuated in Ravi river basin in Bharmour area and to save the corridor, it is proposed to evacuate this power through a D/C 220 kv transmission line with twin moose conductor. Lahal substation is being constructed to evacuate 136 MW power generated from HEPs to be installed through Himurja in Bharmor, Gharola, and Holi areas of Ravi River basin. This transmission line will connect to Jalandhar via PGCIL 400 kv transmission line from Chamera PS. This will take care of network reliability and redundancy in the system to evacuate power in case of outage of any transmission line because of unforeseen conditions. Subproject S3-33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal. Subproject T3-132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation. 23. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 81 MW power from HEPs in Churah valley in Ravi basin as well as additional capacity to be installed through Himurja from the 33/132 kv Banjal substation. This transmission line will further transfer power to 400 kv PGCIL station Jalandhar through LILO of 132 kv Kurthala - Bathri transmission line at 132/220 kv Mazra substation, 220 kv Mazra - Karian 220 kv substation (HPPTCL), 220 kv Karian- 400/220 kv Chamera PS (PGCIL) and 400 kv Chamera substation - Jalandhar transmission line (PGCIL). Subproject S4-33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur). Subproject T4-132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line. 24. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 42.4 MW power from Shahpur area of Ravi basin, which will further transfer to 220/400 kv Hamirpur substation (PGCIL) through Dehra Hamirpur 132 kv D/C transmission line and 132/220 kv Hamirpur substation (HPSEBL). About 35.8 MW of small HEPs (SHEPs) are expected to be commissioned during the year 2014 and an additional 6.6 MW by year 2018 from other SHEPs. Hence this system needs to be in place by the time the HEPs are commissioned. 9 COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects 25. The transmission of power from the Pabbar basin to the northern grid will provide a tremendous boost to the economic development of Himachal Pradesh. Figure 12 gives the location of transmission lines and substations within the district. Subproject S5-220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti Subproject T5-220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti Subproject S6 66/132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 26. The new 220 kv switching substation will evacuate 524 MW power from the Pabbar River basin developers to the national grid through Abdullapur Jhakri transmission line passing nearby. At 220 kv Hatkoti switching station, the envisaged 456 MW power of Pabbar basin will be pooled in by constructing two 220 kv D/C lines, one 220 kv D/C HPPCL dedicated

13 Sawra Kuddu Hatkoti transmission line with single Zebra and 2nd 220 kv D/C HPPTCL integrated Sunda- Hatkoti transmission line with twin moose conductor to avoid running of parallel transmission line and restricting ROW. The Tangnu Romai (44 MW+6 MW Tangnu Romai SHP) and Dhamwari-Sunda (70 MW), Chirgaon-Majhgaon (60MW), Paudital Lassa (24MW) HEPs are expected to be commissioned during the year 2016 and by the year 2017 an additional 59.3 MW (including 45 MW Rupin) is expected from various SHEPs. The 111-MW Sara-Kuddu HEP shall also be finally interfaced at 220 KV S/S Hatkoti. COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects 27. Figure 16 gives the location of the transmission lines and substation within the district. Subproject S7-33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan Subproject T6-33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP 28. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 57 MW power in Upper Beas valley. This transmission line will connect 33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan with 220/33 kv, 25/31.5 MVA substation being installed at 220 kv switchyard of Allian Dhungain HEP (IPP), Prini which will transfer the power to Nalagarh 220/400 kv substation of PGCIL and further to 400 kv station at Hissar (Haryana); 23 MW from HEPs is expected to be commissioned by Subproject T7-132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor Subproject S8-132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 29. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 113 MW power. This transmission line will connect 33/132 kv GIS Barsaini substation with 132/220 kv GIS substation at Charor, which will transfer power to PGCIL 220/400 kv Sub- station at Banala through 220 kv D/C Chhor to Banala transmission line, which will further transfer the power to 400 kv PGCIL PS Amritsar through 400/220 kv Banala (PGCIL) PS - Amritsar 400 kv D/C transmission line (PGCIL). The substation will evacuate 289 MW power in Parbati valley in the Beas basin. By the year 2015, a total of 58 MW power is expected to be evacuated through 132 KV D/C transmission line from Barsaini to Banala. Subproject T8-220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL Subproject S9-33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 30. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 289 MW power from HEPs in Parbati valley of Beas basin upstream of Charor. By the year 2015, total 185 MW power and by the year 2017, an additional 36.6 MW is expected to be evacuated through 220 kv D/C (twin moose) transmission line from Charor to Banala. Subproject S10-33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line 31. The substation will be constructed to evacuate power 54 MW in Pandoh area in the Beas basin. As a number of new projects are coming in this area, HPPTCL has proposed the LILO of existing 132 kv Bajaura to Kangoo transmission line of HPSEBL 220 kv Panchkulla substation of Haryana through Khunihar 132/220 kv substation Location 32. The proposed sub-projects are located in different areas of the HP state. Table 2 indicates details of the proposed sub-project locations:

14 11 Table 2: Different locations of proposed subprojects. PIU Sub-projects Tehsil District Bhabha Nagar S1, T1 Nichar Kinnaur Chamba S2, T2, S3, T3, S4, T4 Bharmour, Churah, Shahpur Chamba, Kangra Rohru S5, T5, S6 Jubbal, Chirgaon, Rohroo Shimla Sarabhai S7, T6, T7, T8, S8, S9, S10 Manali, Kullu, Sadar Mandi. Kullu and Mandi 33. Figure 1 provides general location map for all projects proposed under the loan. Figures 2-23 provide the topographic survey details for the transmission line showing tower locations on 1:50,000 topographic map and the substation locations. The list of all figures is given below in Table 3 below: Table 3: List of figures for Tranche 2 OVERALL HIMACHAL PRADESH STATE TRANCHE 2 PROJECTS Figure 1 COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects Figure 2 S1 66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni Figure 3 T1 66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation Figure 4 COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects Figure 5 S2 33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal Figure 6 T2 220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil Figure 7 HEP. S3 33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal Figure 8 T3 132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation Figure 9 S4 33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) Figure 10 T4 132 kv S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line Figure 11 COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects Figure 12 S5 220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti Figure 13 T5 220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti Figure 14 S6 132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda Figure 15 COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects Figure 16 S7 33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan Figure 17 T6 33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Figure 18 Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor Figure 19 T8 220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL Figure 20 S8 132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor Figure 21 S9 33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini Figure 22 S10 33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line Figure The Urni and Lahal substation lands belong to HPPTCL. The Sunda substation land is under advanced stages of acquisition/purchase, whereas Chambi and Pandoh substations are located on government land. The other lands selected at Palchan, Banjal, Charor, Hatkoti, and Barsaini substations are located on private lands. These lands will be purchased at market rates and acquisition of land will not be required from the surrounding communities. For these substation lands, Table 58 gives the total number of trees to be felled. Larger extent of proposed transmission lines from Sunda-Hatkoti (22.7 km), Urni-Wangtoo ( km), Palchan-Prini (11 km), Barsaini-Charor (38.7 km), Charor-Barnala (17 km), Banjal-Kuthala (6 km), and Lahal-Budhil (1.895 km) will run mostly from hilltop to hilltop through barren lands, cultivated lands, uncultivated lands, and forestlands. The number of trees to be felled can be significantly reduced by using flexible tower placement, conductor height, and by using hilltopto-hilltop routes. Crop damage will be evaluated during detailed survey by the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) contractor. None of these lines passes through any sanctuary or forest reserves. However, trees will be removed from the project area for RoW as prescribed in Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (including its amendments) and as per HPPTCL s Environment and Social Policy (2011) for the transmission lines. 35. No wildlife sanctuary, national parks or ecologically sensitive areas are present in the nearby area of the right of way (RoW) as can be seen in Figure A10 (in Annexure 10).

15 Figure 1: Location of all Tranche 2 subprojects in HP state 12 Figure 2: COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects

16 13 Figure 3: Proposed site for Subproject S1-66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni Figure 4: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) for Subproject T1-66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation The final alignment of transmission line is marked in red.

17 Figure 5: COMPONENT II. - Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects 14 Figure 6: Proposed site for subproject S2-33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S.) at Lahal

18 Figure 7: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of subproject T2-220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. 15 Figure 8: Proposed site for Subproject S3-33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal Figure 9: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T3-132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation The final alignment of transmission line is marked in red

19 16 Figure 10: Proposed site for Subproject S4-33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) Figure 11: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) Subproject T4-132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line

20 Figure 12: COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects 17 Figure 13: Proposed Subproject S5-220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti Implementing Agency HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited

21 18 Figure 14: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T5-220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti The final alignment of transmission line is marked in red. Figure 15: Proposed Subproject S6-132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda

22 19 Figure 16: COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects Figure 17: Proposed Subproject S7-33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan

23 20 Figure 18: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T6-33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP

24 21 Figure 19: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T7-132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor Figure 20: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) of Subproject T8-220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL

25 22 Figure 21: Proposed Subproject S8-132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor Figure 22: Proposed site for Subproject S9-33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini

26 23 Figure 23: Topographical Survey Sheet (1:50,000 scale) Subproject S10-33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line

27 2.5 Size and Magnitude of the Operation Turnkey construction of the following components fall within the scope of the IEE. The details of the Project components are presented below: COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU subprojects (Kinnaur District) 37. The Tranche 2 projects of Bhabha Nagar division are located in the Kinnaur District of Himachal Pradesh. Table 4 provides general information about the district. Table 4: General profile of Kinnaur district SNo General Information Kinnaur 1. Geographical area (sq. km) 6, Administrative Divisions (2001) i) Number of Tehsil & sub-tehsils 5 & 1 ii) Number of CD Blocks 3 iii) Number of Panchayats 65 iv) Number of Villages Population (2001 Census) 78,334 i) Population Density (person/sq. km) 12 ii) Rural & Urban Population (%) 100 & 0 iii) SC & ST Population (in percent) 9 & 71 iv) Sex Ratio (F:M) Average Annual Rainfall (mm) 816 Subproject S1-66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 38. This switching station will connect Abdullapur (Haryana) via HPPTCL Wangtoo 66/220/400 kv substation, which will further transfer the power to 400 kv PGCIL station at Abdullapur through Abdullapur 400 kv D/C transmission line (PGCIL-JP). The work involves construction of a new switching substation of voltage 66 kv near Urni in the Kinnaur district of Himachal Pradesh. The switching substation is proposed to be constructed on land identified and purchased by HPPTCL by mutual agreement. 39. The switching substation will be envisaged with the following components : Bus configuration for switching substation will be double bus scheme for 66 kv levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. The details of substation are listed below 66 kv Bays Line Bays 2 Bus Coupler 1 66 kv bays for connecting individual hydro projects of IPPs with this switching station shall be provided by the IPPs as per regulatory norms. 40. This substation is being constructed to evacuate 45 MW power generated from various HEPs in Sangla valley of Satluj basin. The work involves construction of a new 66 kv switching substation, at Urni in the Kinnaur district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on vacant and barren private land identified and purchased by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 5. Table 5: Details of S1: Urni substation site SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 5,057 sqm 2 Geographical coordinates N '37.2" E '18.7" 3 Village / town Urni, District Kinnaur 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Steep sloping land 6 Kind of land Non Agricultural 7 River (if any) Satluj River on southern side 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Urni Drain Subproject T1-66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation 41. The power transmission line is being constructed to evacuate 45 MW power generated

28 from Raura-II 20 MW (2015), Raura 8 MW (2014), Shaung 3 MW (2013), Brua 9 MW (2014), and Rukti-II 5 MW (2012) in Sangla valley of Satluj basin. This transmission line will connect Abdullapur (Haryana) via HPPTCL Wangtoo 66/220/400 kv substation, which will further transfer the power to 400 kv PGCIL station at Abdullapur through 400/220/66 kv HPPTCL PSS Wangtoo through Wangtoo Abdullapur 400 kv D/C transmission line (PGCIL- JP). The transmission line will be constructed on self-supporting lattice type steel towers with 0.15 sq. inch WOLF conductor. Due to limited corridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of Sangla valley (Satluj basin) estimated to be of the order of 45 MW in N-1 5 contingency. 42. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure 3 and a summary in Table 6 below. Table 6: T1: Urni-Wangtoo transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated km 2 Total Tower locations 44 no. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 no 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 30 no. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 05 no 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 134 no 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 97 no 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 16.3 km aerial distance from Rakchham Chitkul Wildlife Sanctuary 25 COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba district) subprojects 43. The Tranche 2 projects of Chamba division are located in the Chamba and Kangra district of Himachal Pradesh. Table 7 provides general information about the district. Table 7: General profile of Chamba district SNo. General Information Chamba 1. Geographical area (sq. km) ii) Administrative Divisions (2001) 10 i) Number of Tehsil & sub-tehsils 7 ii) Number of CD Blocks 1591 iii) Number of Panchayats 270 iv) Number of Villages Population (2001 Census) 460,887 i) Population Density (person/sq. km) 70.6 ii) Rural & Urban Population (%) 7.5 and 92.5 iii) SC & ST Population (in percent) and iv) Sex Ratio (F:M) 959 : Average Annual Rainfall (mm) 1952 Subproject S2-33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 44. The work involves construction of a new pooling substation of voltage 33/220 kv in Lahal in the Chamba district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 8. Table 8: S2: Lahal substation site details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 38,642 sq m 2 Geographical coordinates N E 3 Village / town Lahal 4 Ownership of land HPPTCL (acquired through LA Act) 5 Slope/Plain land Sloped 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Ravi (0.5 m) 8 Permanent feature nearby if any SH 33 touching the site 45. The 1x50/63 MVA, 220/33KV pooling substation will be envisaged with the following components : Bus configuration for substation will be double bus scheme for 33 and 220 kv levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. 5 The N-1 contingency is where all loads can be restored even if any single component fails (i.e. N-1 components still available)

29 List components of sub- station are listed below 220 kv Bays 33 kv Bays Line Bays 1 6 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 0 0 Transformer Bays kv bays for connecting individual hydro projects of IPPs with this sub station shall be provided by the IPPs as per regulatory norms. Subproject T2-220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line on D/C towers from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. 46. The transmission line will be constructed on self-supporting latticed type steel towers with single zebra conductor. Due to limited corridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of Bharmour, Holi and Gharola areas of Ravi basin) is estimated to be of the order of 136 MW in N-1 contingency. 47. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure 3 and a summary in Table 9 below. Table 9: T2: Lahal-Budhil transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated km 2 Total Tower locations 8 Nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 no 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 1 no. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 0 no 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 55 no 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 0 no 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 8 km from Tunda Wlidlife Sanctuary Subproject S3-33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal 48. The work involves construction of a new pooling substation of voltage 33/132 kv in Banjal in Chamba district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on land identified and being acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 10. Table 10: S3: Banjal substation site details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 9,600 sqm 2 Geographical coordinates N E 3 Village / town Banjal 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Sloping 6 Kind of land Agricutural land 7 River (if any) Baira (2.5 km.) 8 Permanent feature nearby if any 10 km from Chaurassi Temple 49. The 1x50/63 MVA, 33/132 kv pooling substation will be envisaged with the following components : Bus configuration for substation will be double bus scheme for 33 and 132 kv levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. List components of sub- station are listed below 132 kv Bays 33 kv Bays Line Bays 1 6 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 0 0 Transformer Bays kv bays for connecting individual hydro projects of IPPs with this sub station shall be provided by the IPPs as per regulatory norms Subproject T3-132 kv S/C transmission line on D/C towers from 33/132 kv GIS substation

30 Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation kv S/C transmission line on D/C towers with ACSR Panther conductor from proposed 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv substation Kurthala. 51. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure 3 and a summary in Table 11 below. Table 11: T3: Banjal Kuthala transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 6 km 2 Total Tower locations 32 nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 00 no 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 2 no. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 04 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled to be estimated after final line survey 7 No of fruit trees to be felled to be estimated after final line survey 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 10 km from Gamgul Siahbehi Wildlife Sanctuary 27 Subproject S4-33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) Subproject T4-132 kv D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line 52. The work involves construction of a pooling switching substation of voltage 33/132 kv in Chambi in the Kangra district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on government land identified and being acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 12. Table 12: S4: Chambi substation site details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 9,600 sqm 2 Geographical coordinates N E 3 Village / town Mundla 4 Ownership of land Government 5 Slope/Plain land Sloping (elevation 665 m) 6 Kind of land Low lying 7 River (if any) 5 m from Chambi khad 8 Permanent feature nearby if any 20 m from NH bridge 53. The 2x25/31.5 MVA, 33/132 kv pooling substation will be envisaged with the following components : Bus configuration for substation will be double bus scheme for 33 and 132 kv levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. List components of sub- station are listed below 132 kv Bays 33 kv Bays Line Bays 2 0 Bus Coupler 1 1 Bus Sectionalizer 0 0 Transformer Bays 2 2* * No 33 kv bays in DPR COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects 54. The Tranche 2 subprojects of Rohru division are located in the Shimla district of Himachal Pradesh. Table 13 provides general information about the district. Table 13: General Profile of Shimla Districts SNo. GENERAL INFORMATION Shimla o 1. Geographical area (sq. km) 5, Administrative Divisions (2001) i) Number of Tehsil & sub-tehsils 12 & 5 ii) Number of CD Blocks 9 iii) Number of Panchayats 337 iv) Number of Villages 2, Population (2001 Census) 722,502 i) Population Density (person/sq. km) 141

31 SNo. GENERAL INFORMATION Shimla o ii) Rural & Urban Population (%) 77 & 23 iii) SC & ST Population (in percent) 26 & 0.60 iv) Sex Ratio (F:M) 896: Average Annual Rainfall (mm) 1, Subproject S5-220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti 55. The work involves construction of 220 kv GIS switching station near Hatkoti in the Shimla district of Himachal Pradesh. The switching station is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 14. Table 14: S5: Hatkoti substation site details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 14,400 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates N E 3 Village / town Sari 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Slope 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Aerial distance of 2 km 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Sari Khara Patthar link road 56. The substation will be envisaged with the following components : Bus configuration for switching substation will be double bus scheme for 220 kv levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. List components of sub- station are listed below Sno. Type of Bay Nos kv Bays i. Line Bays 4 ii. Bus Coupler 1 iii. Bus Sectionalizer - iv Transformer Bays - Subproject T5-220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti 57. Overview of the transmission line is provided in Table 14 below. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure 3 and a summary in Table 15 below. Table 15: T5: Sunda-Hatkoti transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 22.7 km. 2 Total Tower locations 65 nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 0 nos. 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 24 times. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 17 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled 40 nos 7 No of fruit trees to be felled 56 nos 8 Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 8 km aerial distance from Talra Wildlife Sanctuary 58. The line will be constructed on self-supporting latticed type steel towers with Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced (ACSR) Moose conductor in bundle of two conductors per phase. Due to limited corridor and surge impedance loading consideration, the quantum of power of 524 MW in N-1 6 contingency, a twin bundle conductor will be used. This line is being constructed to evacuate 524 MW power generated from various HEPs in Pabbar River basin. Subproject S6-132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 6 The N-1 contingency is where all loads can be restored even if any single component fails (i.e. N-1 components still available)

32 59. The work involves construction of 132/220 kv GIS pooling substation at Sunda in the Shimla district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Table 16 given salient features of the site. Table 16: S6: Sunda Pooling substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 17,525 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates N, E 3 Village / town Chirgaon 4 Ownership of land Private agriculture land 5 Slope/Plain land Plain 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Pabbar 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Substation site is near the junction of river and khud. 60. The substation will be envisaged with the following components : 2 nos. 100 MVA, 132/220 kv transformer bank Bus configuration for sub-station will be double bus scheme for 132 kv and 220 kv levels with the provision of bus coupler with substation automation and SCADA. List of components of substation are listed below: S no. Type of Bay nos kv Bays i. Line Bays 2 ii. Bus Coupler 2 iii. Transformer Bays kv Bays i. Line Bays 0 ii. Bus Coupler 3 iii. Transformer Bays The new 220/132 kv pooling substation will evacuate 524 MW power from the Pabbar River basin developers to the national grid through 400 kv Abdullapur Jhakri transmission line of PGCIL passing nearby. The transmission of power from the Pabbar basin to the grid will provide a tremendous boost to the economic development of Himachal Pradesh. COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects 62. The Tranche 2 subprojects of Sarabhai division are located in the Kullu and Mandi districts of Himachal Pradesh. Table 17 provides general information about the district. Table 17: General Profile of Kullu district SNo. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Geographical area (sq. km) 5, ii) Administrative Divisions (2001) i) Number of Tehsil & sub-tehsils 4 & 2 ii) Number of Blocks 5 iii) Number of 4 iv) Number of Villages Population (2011 Census) 437,474 i) Population Density (person/sq. km) 79 ii) Rural & Urban Population (%) & 9.43 iii) Sex Ratio (F:M) 950: Average Annual Rainfall (cm) Source: Provisional census 2011 and District Statistical Abstract Subproject S7-33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan 63. The work involves construction of 33 kv GIS switching station near Palchan in the Kullu district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 18. Table 18: S7: Palchan substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 2,250 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates 32 18'17.69"N, 77 10'25.18"E 3 Village / town Barua 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Slope 29

33 SNo. Feature Description 6 Kind of land Apple Orchard 7 River (if any) Beas River at 200m 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Beas River 30 Subproject T6-33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP 64. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure - 3 and a summary in Table 19 below. Table 19: T6: Palchan-Prini transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 11 km. 2 Total Tower locations 87 nos. 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 0 nos. 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 2 times 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 2 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled No of fruit trees to be felled Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 10 km from Manali Wildlife Sanctuary Subproject T7-132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor 65. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure - 3 and a summary in Table 20 below. Table 20: T7: Barsaini Charor transmission line details SNo. Feature Description 1 Length of line estimated 38.7 km. 2 Nos. of Towers estimated 130 nos (Approx). 3 Nos. of Railway Crossings 0 nos. 4 Nos. of Road Crossings 2 times. 5 Nos. of Existing HT line Crossings 4 nos. 6 Nos. of Forest trees to be felled No of Fruit trees to be felled Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ 4 km from Great Himalayan National Park National Park Subproject T8-220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL 66. Full details of the location of the towers resulting from the surveys undertaken by HPPTCL are presented in Annexure - 3 and a summary in Table 21 below. Table 21: T8: Charor - Banala transmission line details SNo. Detail Description 1 Line Length estimated 18.6 km 2 Total Tower locations 5861 nos (Approx). 3 Total Nos. of Railway Crossing 0 nos. 4 Total Nos. of road crossings 2 times. 5 Total Nos. of HT line crossings 1 nos. 6 Nos. of forest trees to be felled No of fruit trees to be felled Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park 16 km from Great Himalayan National Park Subproject S8-132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 67. The work involves construction of 132/220 kv GIS substation near Charor in the Kullu district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 22. Table 22: S8: Charor substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 11,280 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates N, E 3 Village / town Charor 4 Ownership of land Private 5 Slope/Plain land Steped/Slope 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Charor Drain

34 SNo. Feature Description 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Charor Drain 31 Subproject S9-33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 68. The work involves construction of 33/132 kv GIS substation near Barsaini in the Kullu district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Salient features of the site are given in Table 23. Table 23: S9: Barsaini substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 9,600 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates N and E 3 Village / town Tosh 4 Ownership of land Private land 5 Slope/Plain land Slope 6 Kind of land Agriculture 7 River (if any) Parvati river 8 Permanent feature nearby if any Parvati river 400 m Subproject S10-33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura- Kangoo D/C transmission line 69. The work involves construction of 33/132 kv GIS pooling substation at Pandoh in the Mandi district of Himachal Pradesh. The substation is proposed to be constructed on private land identified and acquired by HPPTCL. Table 24 given salient features of the site. Table - 24: S10: Pandoh Pooling substation details SNo. Feature Description 1 Area of land 9,600 sqm. 2 Geographical coordinates N, E 3 Village / town Jagar 4 Ownership of land Bhakra Beas Management Board 5 Slope/Plain land Plain 6 Kind of land Government waste 7 River (if any) Beas river 1 km 8 Permanent feature nearby if any NH 22 about 700 m. 2.6 Implementation Plan 70. The proposed Project involves construction of approximately 116 km of transmission lines of various voltages 220/132/66/33 kv and 7 substations of 652 MVA transformation capacity and 3 switching substations. The construction of substations involves private land purchase option or land acquisition in Charor, Sunda, Hatkoti, Banjal, Hatkoti, and Banjal whereas the land belongs to BBMB in Jagar near Pandoh, government land for Chambi, and two lands have been purchased/acquired by HPPTCL in Urni and Lahal respectively. 71. For construction of transmission lines, the project would involve survey work, forest work and clearance, design and engineering of plant equipment, floating tenders for procurement, civil works related to 220/132/66/33 kv lines and 220/132/66/33 kv GIS substations testing and commissioning. Total project work is expected to be complete in 48 months. The total project cost including interest during construction (IDC) and contingencies is USD 155 million. The total cost for the construction of transmission system strengthening in Bhabha Nagar is USD 4.69 million, Chamba PIU s GSS s and associated transmission lines is USD 31.4 million; and for Sarabhai PIU s GSS and associated transmission lines is USD million, Rohru PIU Construction of 220/132/66/33 kv GSS and associated transmission line is USD million and the capacity building/it/training etc. comes to USD 3.4 million. The overall project implementation schedule for the project is detailed in Table 25.

35 Table 25: Overall Project Implementation Schedule Activity J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D Loan Approval X Loan Effectivity X 32 Output 1: Construction of Power Transmission Lines Activity 1.1: Construction of Transmission line Appointment of Implementation Contractors Design, Equipment Procurement/Supply Construction & Commissioning Output 2: Construction of pooling stations Activity 2.1: Construction of Substations Appointment of Implementation Contractors Design, Equipment Procurement/Supply Construction & Commissioning Output 3: Capacity building Activity 3.1: Training and Study tours Activity 3.2: ERP and IT facilities A. MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES EMP Activities Forest and crop compensation Land Requirement Resettlement Plan Mid Term Review X Project Completion Report X LEGEND Continuous Process Intermittent Process

36 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 72. Himachal Pradesh is a north Indian mountainous state. The climate of the state varies from subtropical to temperate. The total area of Himachal Pradesh is 55,663 sq. km, which is 1.74% of the total area of India. The state is very rich in natural resources especially forest and water resources, as it has many permanent glaciers, dense forests, mountain peaks and a network of rivers, with the 5 main rivers including the - Satluj, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, and Pabbar. The outer and lesser Himalayan watersheds of the state covering 28,970 sq. km area are of great national importance, as entire northern India depends largely for water and power produced by run-of-theriver projects from this region. Himachal Pradesh extends from the Shivalik Hills in the south to the Great Himalayan ranges including a slice of the trans-himalayas in the north. 3.1 Physical Resources 73. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur is situated 77 45' and 79 00'35'' east longitudes and between 31 55'50'' and 32 05'15'' north latitudes. The district is entirely hilly except few small, deep valleys in between. The district has a total geographical area of 6401 sq. km which covers about 11.5 % area of the state. On the western side lies the Shimla district and on the north and north-west lies the Lahaul and Spiti, Kinnaur is surrounded by the Tibet Autonomous Region of China to the east, in the northeast corner of Himachal Pradesh, about 235 km from Shimla is having the three high mountains ranges i.e. Zanskar, Greater Himalayas and Dhauladhar, enclosing valleys of Sutlej, Spiti, Baspa and their tributaries. The slopes of the valleys are covered with thick wood, orchards, fields, and picturesque hamlets. 74. Chamba district. The Chamba district is bound on north-west by Jammu and Kashmir, on the north-east and east by Ladakh area of Jammu and Kashmir state and Lahaul and Bara-Bangal area of Himachal Pradesh, on the south-east and south by the Kangra district of Himachal Pradesh and Gurdaspur district of Punjab. The district is situated between north latitude and , and east longitude and The area of the district is 6,528 sq.km. with Chamba as its headquarters. There are 1591 villages in the district. The district has been divided into 6 sub-divisions [Chamba, Churah, Pangi, Bharmaur, Dalhousie, Chowari]. There are 7 tehsils [Chamba, Churah, Salooni, Pangi, Bharmaur, Dahlhousie, Bhatiyat] and 3 subtehsils [Bhallai, Holi, Sihunta]. 75. Kullu district. Kullu district is situated in the inner Himalayas between North latitude and East longitude. The district is bounded on the north and east by Lahaul and Spiti district; south-east by Kinnaur district; south by Shimla district; south-west and west by Mandi district and on the north-west by Kangra district. The total geographical area of the Kullu district is 5,503 sq. km which comprises of mountain peaks as high as Deo-Tibba (6,123 m) and as low as Jalori pass (3,000 m), the valleys of the Beas, the Parvati, the Sainj, the Tirthan and the valleys of Ani and Kurpan. In terms of geographical conditions, the district is mountainous cruised by rivers and valleys. The Satluj and Beas are the principal rivers with many tributaries. The altitude of the district ranges from 500 m to 5000 m amsl, but the habitation is only up to 3500 m Atmosphere Climate 76. There are four broad seasons. Winter normally starts from mid-november and continues till mid-march. December, January, and February are severe cold months, when the winter season is at its peak. The upper reaches, have snow and sleet while the rains are frequent in the lower areas and snow may fall as early as the beginning of October but usually the areas have snowfall from the later part of December and continues until mid March. The higher peaks experience heavier snowfall and snow melting starts from March. From mid-march to mid-may, climate in most parts of the district is at its bloom because of the spring time. The climate is comparatively hot from mid- May to mid-july and varies from semi-tropical to semi-arctic. The places situated in the lower reaches on the banks of rivers and streams are as hot as plains. Rainy season generally starts from mid-july and extends up to the mid-september. Autumn season is generally very small from mid-september to mid-november. The extended rainy season and early setting of winter are the reasons for its short duration.

37 34 Temperature 77. In Kinnaur district, due to variation in altitudes, the temperature varies considerably. Minimum temperature in the higher reaches often touches sub-zero degrees centigrade during the winter months. The maximum temperature in the lower areas often exceeds 40 degrees centigrade during the summer months. The Kullu district is characterized with cold dry weather and the maximum temperature varies from 15 degree C in January to 32 degree C in June and the minimum temperature ranges from 21 degree C in July to as low as 0.7 degree C. The summers are mild and winters are harsh due to snowfall on mountain ranges. The upper regions experience snow and sleet fall while rains are confined to the lower heights. Throughout the year, Shimla district has high temperature (29 C - 30 C). But, from December to January, temperature goes down to 26 C. Rainfall 78. The rainfall is well distributed from January to September and other three months receive comparatively less rainfall. Maximum rainfall is received during the month of July. Less rainfall during the months of October to December adversely affects the sowing of rabi crops. Sometimes in the months of April and May, hailstorms are received which cause damage to crops, especially fruits. Heavy rains during the maturity period of rabi crops also sometimes cause damage to the crops. The sunshine hours during the months of December, January and February are much less ( average hours) which further intensify the severity of cold. The natural calamities such as flash floods, cloudbursts, and droughts are common and frequent features in the district and have caused heavy losses to the farmers during the past years. 79. Besides the seasonal variations, the climate of Himachal Pradesh varies at different altitudes. The average rainfall is 152 cm (60 inches). The highest rainfall occurs in Kangra district followed by Shimla district. The west part of the Shimla district, receives very less precipitation (1000 mm-1500 mm) than east part of district ( mm). Highest precipitation is received in inter monsoon period from October to December. Average rainfall in Kinnaur, Chamba Kullu districts as compared to whole of Himachal Pradesh is shown in Table 26. Table 26: Average Yearly Rainfall (in mm) Year Himachal Pradesh Kinnaur Chamba Shimla Kullu , ,584 1, , , , , , ,732.5 Source: District statistical abstract Air Quality 80. As per Annual Report of Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (HPSPCB), monthly mean average values of all the three air quality parameters, SO 2, NO x, and RSPM were observed and value of SO 2, and NO x are found well below the permissible limits however, value for RSPM is found to be above National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for annual and 24 hour average in Shimla. Details are in Table 27. Table 27: Air Quality Observed at Takka Bench, Shimla SO 2 in μg/ m 3 NO X in μg/ m 3 RSPM in μg/ m 3 Month Average Peak Average Peak Average Peak April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December January, February, March, Annual average National Ambient Air 50 (Annual 80 (24 hours) 40 (Annual 80 (24 60 (Annual 100 (24

38 SO 2 in μg/ m 3 NO X in μg/ m 3 RSPM in μg/ m 3 Month Average Peak Average Peak Average Peak Quality Standards (NAAQS) Average) Average) hours) Average) hours) Source: Annual Report of HPSPB Topography and Soils Topography 81. Topographically, the state consists of five distinct sub-regions. These are (i) valley areas with elevations up to 1,000 metres, (ii) low hills, between 1,000 and 2,000 metres, (iii) high hills which lie between 2,000 and 3,500 metres, (iv) the alpine zone with altitudes above 3,500 metres, and (v) the land of the perpetual snows. Climatically, the zones identified are the Outer Himalayas, the Inner Himalayas and the Alpine. Except a few small valleys, the Shimla district is entirely mountainous. The elevation of the district ranges from 300 to 6,000 metres. The district has a number of peaks, like Jakhoo in Shimla town, Siah near Chail, Churadhar in Chopal tehsil, Chensal in Rohru tehsil, Hatoo in Narkanda tehsil, and Shali in Seoni tehsil. Mostly the terrain is rough. The general topographical feature of the district is prevalence of interlocking spurs, narrow and steep sided valleys with high peaks and thick forest of Deodar and Kail. The soils are young and thin, however these get heavier and comparatively acidic with an increase in altitude. Soil Regimes 82. The soils of the state can broadly be divided into nine groups on the basis of their development and physico-chemical properties. These are: (i) alluvial soils, (ii) brown hill soils, (iii) brown earth soils, (iv) brown forests soils, (v) grey wooded or podzolic soils, (vi) grey brown podzolic soils, (vii) planosolic soils, (viii) humus and iron podzolic soils (ix) alpine humus mountain skeletal soils. The soil found in the districts of Mandi, Kangra, Bilaspur, Una, Solan, Hamirpur and Sirmaur is generally brown, alluvial and grey brown podzolic, Kullu and Shimla have grey wooded podzolic soils, while Kinnaur, Lahaul and Spiti and some parts of Chamba district have humus mountain skeletal soils. 83. The soils of the Kinnaur district can be broadly divided into three major types on the basis of their development and physico-chemical properties. Type-I soil is coarse loamy, mixed in nature. This type of soil is developed from granites, highly metamorphosed gneisses, schist and occurs on moderately sloping to steep lands. These soils are well drained with moderately rapid permeability. Natural vegetation exists in these soils and various crops are cultivated according to the suitability. Type-II soil is fine loamy, mixed, frigid in nature. They have developed on parent material consisting of granite-gneiss and mica schist on steep to very steep slopes at an altitude of about 3000 m amsl. These are grazing lands supporting alpine grasses. Type- III soil includes various series like Sangla, Spilo, Kalpa, Leo, Rocky I, Rocky II and scree series. Three types of soils observed in the Chamba district are 1. Sandy Loam, 2. Loam, and 3. Sandy Clay Loam. The soils of the Kullu district can broadly be divided into three groups on the basis of their distribution area. These are shown in Table 28 below: Table 28: Type of Soils in Kullu area SNo. Area Soil type Characteristics 1. Valley Areas Entisols & Inceptisols Entisolsl: Soil has no diagnostic pedogenic horizons. They may be found in virtually any climate on very recent geomorphic surfaces. Inceptisols: Soils that are usually moist with pedogenic horizons of alteration of parent materials but not of illuviation. Generally, the direction of soil development is not yet evident from the marks 2. Mid-hill mild temperate areas 3. High-hill temperate areas Entisols, Inceptisols and Mollisols Alfisols & Inceptisols left by various soil- forming processes or the marks are too weak to classify in another order Entisolsl: Soil has no diagnostic pedogenic horizons. They may be found in virtually any climate on very recent geomorphic surfaces. Inceptisols: Soils that are usually moist with pedogenic horizons of alteration of parent materials but not of illuviation. Generally, the direction of soil development is not yet evident from the marks left by various soil- forming processes or the marks are too weak to classify in another order. Mollisols: Soils with nearly black, organic rich surface horizons and high supply of bases. They have mollic epipedons and base saturation greater than 50% in any cambic or argillic horizon. Alfisols: Soil with gray to brown surface horizons, medium to high supply of bases, and B horizons of alluvial clay accumulation. These soils form mostly under forest or savanna vegetation in climates with slight to pronounced seasonal moisture deficit. Inceptisols: Soils that are usually moist with pedogenic horizons of alteration of parent materials but not of illuviation. Generally, the direction of soil development is not yet evident from the marks left by various soil- forming processes or the marks are too weak to classify in another order. Source: Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Kullu 35

39 Water Resources (Surface and Ground Water) Surface water 84. Himachal Pradesh has snow fed perennial rivers and rivulets flowing in almost all parts of the state. Yamuna, with its important tributaries of Tons, Pabbar and Giri in the east and Satluj, Beas, Ravi and Chenab in the west flow through various parts of the HP. Some of the important natural lakes worth mentioning are Khajjiar, Ghadasasu Lamba Dal, Manimahesh, Mahakali in Chamba district; Dal, Kareri in Kangra district; Rewalsar, Kumarwah, Prashar in Mandi district; Bhrigu and Dashahr in Kullu district; Chandratal and Surajtal in Lahaul & Spiti district; Chander Nan in Shimla district; and Renuka in Sirmaur district. The manmade lakes include Gobind Sagar in Bilaspur district; Pong Lake in Kangra district; Pandoh lake in Mandi district; and Chamera lake in Chamba district. 85. The Chamba district is full of perennial springs, which are used for domestic, livestock, and irrigation purposes. For domestic purposes, water has been drawn at source where a rough and ready arrangement exists for filling containers, or elsewhere water channels have been dug to carry water from springhead to the village concerned. Pipelines are also being laid down thus improving the convenience and efficiency of water supply. The drinking water supply for Chamba town, which has a population of 20,327 (2001 Census), is met mainly from two nallahs, the Sarotha and Sal nallahs. The Dalhousie town is situated at an average height of 2200 m amsl. The main source of water supply to the town is from Ahla Khad, Dain Khad and Panjpulla. During the summer season, the requirement is more and the supply is less as discharge of the khads dwindle. The overall chemical quality of the water is good in the district. 86. Shimla district is drained by streams/rivers forming part of the drainage basins of the Satluj, the Yamuna, the Pabbar and Tons rivers. However, a major part of the district is drained by tributaries of the Satluj River. The Satluj River is the longest river traversing along the northern boundary of the area and Giri River which is the tributary of the Yamuna River originate from the eastern part and runs in the southwest direction. Whereas, tributaries of Tons River flows in the southern parts and the Pabbar River in the eastern parts of the district. In general, the density of drainage is moderate to high and is not uniform all over the district. Ground Water 87. Richly endowed with perennial rivers that flow down steep gradients in mountain catchments, Himachal has a vast amount of water resources. These resources meet drinking water and irrigation requirements as well as supplying hydroelectric power to a large population. Drinking and irrigation requirements are also catered to by numerous springs, streams and infiltration galleries in limestone caverns. The use of ground water sources for irrigation is common in Una, Sirmaur, Solan and Kangra districts. Due to poor potentialities in hilly hard rock areas and sloping hilly terrain, groundwater development is generally low In Himachal Pradesh. However, in these areas, major water supply and sources of water are ground water based viz., perennial springs, bowries and hand pumps. Springs are tapped at the source so that the water can be supplied under gravity. All major towns and villages are supplied water from ground water sources. The ground water is distributed along structurally weak/ fractured zones, faults, and landslides zones or along the contacts of the different rock formation in the topographically favorable areas. 88. In the Satluj river valley in Kinnaur district, the areas around Taranda, Tapri, between Oling and Lipa, Moorang and Tabling are most promising for water exploration. The other ground water potential areas are along Baspa River, Tidong Gad, Taiti Gad, and Spiti River. The traditional dug wells tapping the shallow aquifer are not available however; this aquifer is being tapped by the hand pumps and shallow tube wells, which are widely used for domestic purposes. Ground water in the district occurs in valley area under water table and semi confined to confined conditions. The average depth of water level in shallow bore well ranges from 10 to 30 m below ground level. Ground water of the Kinnaur district is alkaline in nature 7. ph of shallow ground water ranges from 6.95 to The electrical conductivity (EC) in the area ranges from micro 7 As per Ground Water Information Booklet, Himachal Pradesh, 2008

40 mhos/cm. Nitrate values range between 1-10 mg/l. The chemical quality reveals that the overall ground water quality is good and is suitable for domestic and irrigational use. However, quality of water from hot springs in Karcham has brackish water with EC 1780 micro mhos/cm and fluoride concentration 3.5 mg/l. 89. The chemical quality of ground water is generally alkaline in nature and suitable for both domestic and irrigation use all over the Shimla district. All the parameters of ground water were found well within the permissible limit of safe drinking water as per Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) Geology and Seismology Geology 90. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur district is primarily a hilly district with altitudes ranging from 1,500 to more than 6,500 m above mean sea level. There is a general increase in elevation from west to east and from south to north. The major part of the district is drained by Satluj River except small part in the south-eastern area, which is drained by Ganga River. Geo-morphologically the district has been sub divided into the fluvial terrain, fluvio-glacial terrain, alpines/meadows and rocky terrain as shown in Table 29 for Kinnaur districts below. Figure 24 depicts the geological information in Kinnaur map. Table 29: The generalized geological succession of Kinnaur district Age / Period Group / formation Lithology Quaternary Alluvium, Terrace & Fluvial deposits Alluvium, clay, sand, gravel, pebble, boulder and cobble Tertiary Nako Granitoid Granitoid Mesozoic Giumal Chikkim Spiti formation, Lilang Group Shale, Sandstone, Siltstone Carbonate rich sedimentary Palaeozoic Proterozoic rocks Kuling Group Kunzamla, Thango, Takche Sandstone, shale, conglomerate formation Batal formation Salkhala, Kulu, Jutogh Vaikrita, Rampur Group, Bandal Wangtu Gneissic Complex Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Kinnaur district, Himachal Pradesh, Slate, phyllite, quartzite and schist, Amphibolite, Gneisses, granite, Pegmatite 91. Chamba district. Chamba district is primarily a hilly district with altitudes ranging from 600 m amsl to 6400 m amsl. Physiographically, the area forms part of middle Himalayas with high peaks ranging in height from 3000 to 6000 m amsl. It is a region of complex folding, which has under gone many orogeneses. The topography of the area is rugged with high mountains and deep dissected by river Ravi and its tributaries. Physiographically the district can be divided in two units-viz. (i) high hills, which cover almost entire district, (ii) few valley hills. The generalised geological succession is given in Table 30 below. The geological map is shown in Figure 25. Table 30: The generalized geological succession of Chamba district Age Formation Lithology Pleistocene Upper Siwaliks Boulder conglomerate, Sandstone Pliocene Middle Siwaliks Sandstone, gravel beds, clays etc. Miocene Lower Siwaliks Shales, hard sandstone etc. Triassic Kalhel formation Light and dark grey limestone with banks of phyllite and slate Permian Salooni formation Inter bedded phyllite, light and dark grey limestone, phyllite, black carbonaceous slate with schistose quartzite and chert band Carboniferous Manzir formation Pebbly phyllite, grey green slate with limestone Lower to Middle Paleozoic Dalhousie/Dhauladhar formation Granite and granite gneiss Lower Paleozoic Chamba formation Meta siltstones, greywackes, slates and phyllites. Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Chamba district, Himachal Pradesh, Shimla district. Shimla district has high mountain ranges, hills, and narrow deep valleys with altitude ranging from 1,000 to 3,000 m above MSL. In the areas underlain by high hill ranges of Himalayas, the valleys are narrow and deep with steep slopes trending in NW-SE direction. The terrain is moderately to highly dissected with steep slopes. The altitude is higher in north-eastern parts and decreases towards south and west. The generalised geological succession is given in Table 31 below. The geological map is shown in Figure 26.

41 Table 31: The generalized geological succession of Shimla district Age / Period Formation Lithology Quaternary Alluvium Sand with pebble and clay, medium to coarse grained sand with pebble of sandstone and lenses of clay Proterozoic Shimla group Siltstone, greywacke, sandstone, quartzite, conglomerate, Shale, slate, Phyllite, dolomite and meta-volcanic Kulu group Schist, quartzite, banded gneiss, carbonaceous slate, limestone etc. Rampur group Phyllite, schist, quartzite, dolomite, and basic flows Vaikrita Group Biotite schist with kyanite, gneiss and migmatites Granite of Himalayas Granites Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Shimla district, Himachal Pradesh, Kullu district. The landscape of Kullu district is mountainous imbedded with rivers and valleys The altitude of the district ranges from 500 m to 5000 m above the mean sea level, but the habitation is only up to 3500 m. The district comprises of physiographic areas viz., Ujhi, Lug, Rupi, Kharahal and Seraj areas. The Seraj area is further divided into inner and outer Seraj. The inner Seraj includes Banjar block and Outer Seraj includes Ani and Nirmand blocks. Geologically the area falls in the Lesser Himalayan segment of the North-West Himalayas. The project area falls in the geological domain of Larji-Rampur tectonic window zone. The Larji-Rampur Window Zone exposes, two Granitoid Complex bodies namely (i) the Bandal Granitoid Gneisses in the north west and (ii) the Jeori Wangtu Granitoid Gneiss in the south-west. The Bandal Granaitoid Gneiss is considered equivalent to the Jeori-Wangtu Gneissic Complex on the basis of similarity in tectonic position, lithology and chronology of the rocks. The Bandal Gneisic Complex, spread over 500 sq km is exposed in Garash valley (in the north west) to the Sainj valley (in the south east), where it has been reportedly enveloped by the Manikaran Quartzite. The Bandal Granitoid Gneiss with litho-trend long NNW-SSE and comprising porphyroclastic as well as medium to coarsegrained gneiss and mylonitic gneiss. Table 32 provides generalized geological succession in the district. Table 32: The generalized geological succession of Kullu district SNo.o. Group Formation Lithology 1. Larji Group Aut Formation Stromatolitic dolomite and limestone Hurla Formation White, Pink and Purple quartzite with shale partings Naraul Formation Quartzarenite, calcarenit, shale, slate and coglomerate 2. Rampur Manikaran Formation Grey and white massive quartzarenite with interbands of metabasalt Group Banjar Volcanics Mainly metabasalts as dark green phyllite with interbands of quartzite and gray phyllite Bhallan Formation Slates, greenish phyllite schists and white flaggy quartzarnite 3. Palaeo Baqndal-Jeori Gneissic Complex-pegmatite, aplite quartz veins 4. Proterozoic Wangtu Banded streaky and augen Gneiss Quartz-biotite schist, garnet-mica schist chlorite schist, etc. Source: EIA, Sainj HEP Kullu by HPPCL 38

42 39 Fig 24: Geological Map of Kinnaur district Fig 25: Geological Map of Chamba district Fig 26: Geological Map of Shimla districtt Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Chamba district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008 Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Shimla district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008 Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Kinnaur district, Himachal Pradesh, 2008 Implementing Agency HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited

43 40 Siesmology Source: Amateur Seismic Centre, Pune, 2011 Figure 27: Earthquake Zone of Himachal Pradesh earthquake history of Himachal Pradesh. 94. The state of Himachal Pradesh lies almost entirely in the Himalayan Mountains, and is part of the Punjab Himalayas. Due to its location, it weathers many mild earthquakes every year. Large earthquakes have occurred in all parts of Himachal Pradesh, the biggest being the Kangra Earthquake of The Himalayan Frontal Thrust, the Main boundary Thrust, the Krol, the Giri, Jutogh and Nahan thrusts lie in this region. Besides that there are scores of smaller faults, like the Kaurik Fault which triggered the 1975 earthquake. Chamba, Kullu, Kangra, Una, Hamirpur, Mandi, and Bilaspur Districts lie in Zone V. The remaining districts of Lahual and Spiti, Kinnaur, Shimla, Solan and Sirmaur lie in Zone IV therefore the HPPTCL need to take adequate measures while designing to avoid damage during earthquake. Figure 27 depicts the earthquake hazard risk zonation of the entire state of Himachal Pradesh. Annexure 8 gives the 95. The transmission towers and the substation sites fall in Seismic Zone IV area (High Damage Risk Zone MSK 8 VIII) which indicates a very high damage risk zone. Therefore, HPPTCL is required to take adequate measures while erecting transmission lines to ensure least damage during earthquake. The proposed route alignment passes through Zone IV. Similarly, the proposed substations also fall in Seismic Zone IV and therefore the HPPTCL needs to take adequate measures while designing and installation of components of subprojects to avoid damage during earthquakes. 3.2 Ecological Resources Terrestrial Ecology Forest 96. In Himachal Pradesh, important species of trees such as deodar, kail, chil, oak, mohru and kharsu are found in the forests and the major forest produce are resin and medicinal herbs. The available resin in the district is being processed by two government owned resin and turpentine factories at Bilaspur and Nahan. However the medicinal herbs are being exported in raw form out of the district. The forests in the district lie mainly in the outer Shivalik to the mid Himalayas. The soil is generally sandy loam and depth is shallow, except in the areas having vegetation where it is fairly deep. In the regions above 1,500 metres, the soil is generally deep and contains a thin layer of leaf molded species of ban, oak, chil, kail and deodar. In the lower elevation, shrub forms are found while in the higher altitude chil, deodar, kail etc. are available. In the lower ranges with warmer aspects and sharp slopes, with deep soil and favourable condition, species of mixed forest, of bamboo and shrubs are found. 97. Forests are an important resource of Himachal Pradesh. Although the area classified as "Area under Forest" is 67 percent of the total area of the Pradesh, yet the effective forest cover is much lower than this area, primarily because of a very large area in the state is either alpine meadows or is above the tree line. The climatic conditions prevailing in Himachal Pradesh and 8 Medvedev-Sponheuer-Karnik (MSK) intensity broadly associated with the various seismic zones is VI (or less), VII, VIII and IX (and above) for Zones II, III, IV and V, respectively

44 varying elevations are most suitable for the growth of forests. The forests provide valuable timber, medicinal herbs, raw material for industries and also provide employment and play a vital role in conserving the soil and ensure timely rains. 98. Himachal Pradesh is a predominantly mountainous state. Consequently, its climate is more congenial to forests. It comprises four forest zones sub-tropical, sub-temperate, wet-temperate and dry-temperate. Sub-tropical forests: This zone consists of foothills and valleys up to an elevation of about 915 metres above mean sea level with a sub-tropical climate and an annual rainfall of cm, of which 75 per cent falls during the monsoon season. The maximum temperature goes up to 40 degree C. It comprises dry deciduous, chir pine, sal (2,140 sq. km.) and thorny forests (43 sq. km.) mostly of xerophytes species. Wet-temperate forests: These extend from 1524 to 2,472 metres above mean sea level, and have some major forests and pasturelands. The annual rainfall varies from100 to 250 cm, with snowfall during winter, when the temperature falls to minus 10 0 C. During summer, the maximum temperature ranges between 15 and 20 0 C. These forests have been categorised as (a) lower western Himalayan temperate forests consisting of conifers, oaks and various deciduous trees and (b) western Himalayan temperate forests, which consist of firs, oaks and rhododendron species found in alpine zones. Sub-temperate forests: These forests extend from 916 metres to about 1523 metres above mean sea level, have a mild climate and an annual rainfall of 90 to 120 cm, nearly 70 per cent of which is received during the monsoon season. Some upper hills get mild snowfall during winter, which does not stay for long. The maximum temperature in summer remains around 30 0 C. Various species of pines, oaks and broad-leafed species grow in this zone. There are good pasturelands in this area. Dry-temperate forests: These extend to above 2,472 metres. The mean annual temperature is around 10º C and the mean annual precipitation about 25 cm, most of which is received as snow. The area contains scattered trees and bushes such as chilgoza, willow, robinia, ailanthus, poplars and alpine pastures interspersed with bushes such as ephedra. 99. Legal status of forest area in HP state is shown in Table 33. As per District Human Development Report, the Shimla district had 340,103 hectares of land area under forests at the end of the year However, by the year , the land area under forests declined to 336, hectares. Out of this total area under forests, in the year , 127, hectares constituted reserved forests, 5, hectares as protected forests and 203, hectares as un-demarcated forests. Legal Status of Forest Area ( ) Table 33: Legal Status of Forest Cover Area In Hectares Kinnaur Chamba Shimla 1 Reserve Forest 43, , , Protected Forest 360,751 5, Unclassified forest 503, , , Total forest In Circle 546, , , Source : District Statistical Abstract, Table 34: Forest Cover 2007 SNo. Item Area (in km 2 ) Kinnaur Shimla Himachal Pradesh 1 Geographical Area 6,401 5,131 55,673 2 Very Dense forest ,224 3 Moderate Dense forest 263 1,037 6,383 4 Open forest ,061 Sub-total 602 2,384 14,668 Scrub Forest Source: India State of Forest Report Table 34 above depicts the forest cover in Kinnaur and Shimla districts as compared to HP state in The area of forests in the Kinnaur district according to the forest department is 386 km 2 (averaging 6.03 per cent of the total geographical area viz., 6,401 km 2 as shown in Table 34 41

45 above. Traditionally, Nichar and Kalpa sub-division were known for stately cedar and kail trees. Beyond Karchham, large wild forest of Chilgoza trees abound and their edible nuts fetch handsome income. On the basis of rainfall, the district can be divided in two zones; wet zone and dry zone. Wet zone gets the rainfall due to monsoon while the dry zone does not get any rainfall. Pinus roxburghii, Pinus wallichiana, Cedrus deodara, Picea smithiana and Abies pindrow, Pinus gerardiana form a broad belt of forest along both sides of the Sutlej valley and the side streams between the cliffs of the gorge below and alpine pasture and eternal snows above. The three main divisions of forest cover are: (a) Moist Zone Forest (The Tranda range forests), (b) The Dry Zone Forests (Chini and Kilba Kailash ranges), and (c) Arid Zone Forests (the parts adjoining Chinese border). Table 35: Area under forest (Ha) (Kullu district) Forest circle Reserve forest Protected forest Unclassified forest Total Kullu ,046 57,232 96,603 Parvati 4,557 1,36,928 12,269 1,53,754 Banjar 1,016 10,693 14,500 26,209 Ani 2,076 23,211 28,216 53,503 Wild animals 3,249 22,266 11,473 47,988 National park 4,829 88,771 23,512 1,17,112 Total 16,052 3,20,915 1,58,202 4,95,169 Source: District Agriculture Plan, Government of Himachal Pradesh Table 36: Forest Cover 2011 (Kullu district) District Geographic Very Dense Moderate Open Forest Total % of Geographical al area Forest Dense Forest area Kullu 5, Himachal Pradesh 55,673 3,224 6,381 5, Source: Forest Survey of India Report, GoI According to Tables 35 and 36, the total area under forests in the Kullu district is 4,95,169 hectares. The entire area is divided into six forest circles, namely, Kullu, Parvati, Banjar, Ani, Wild Animals and National Park, each having 19.5, 31, 5.29, 10.8, 9.69 and per cent of the total forest area, respectively. Again, the forest area has been classified under three categories i.e. reserved forests, protected forests and unclassified forests. Reserve forests occupy 3.24 per cent of the area whereas protected forests occupy 64.8 per cent of the total area. Large scale felling of trees, forest fire, theft, and overgrazing are the major factors resulting in destruction and degradation of forests. Total value of medicinal herbs, resins and other forest products during amounted to Rs. 6.1 million. Flora 102. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur is situated high in the Himalaya, where vegetation is sparse and consists primarily of hardy grasses. Alpine species such as juniper, pine, fir, cypress, and rhododendron can be found at elevations between 3,500 and 5,000 meters, primarily in middle Kinnaur. At lower altitudes, temperate-climate trees are found, including oak, chestnut, maple, birch, alder, magnolia, apple, and apricot Chamba district. Chamba is situated high in the Himalaya, where vegetation is sparse and consists of western Himalayan temperate, moist alpine scrub and dry alpine scrub. Species of medicinal importance include Aconitum heterophyllum, Jurinea macrocephala and Ephedra gerardiana, Moist Deodar Forest, Western Mixed Coniferous forests and Montane broad leaf deciduous forests, Alpine pastures and sub alpine grasslands Shimla district. The Shimla district is endowed with a variety of trees, shrubs grasses and climbers. In addition to the above mentioned varieties of trees found in district Shimla, Pinus wallichiana (Blue pine); Picea smithiana (Rai), Abies spectabilis, Juniperus macropoda, Populus ciliata, Salix viminalis, Quercus dilata, Alnus indica. Cedrus deodara, Aesculus indica, Corylus colurna, Juglans regia, Prunus cornata, Pinus roxburghii (Chil), Quercus leucotrichophora, Rododendron arboreum, Lyonia ovalifalia, Acacia catehu, Terminalia chebula, Syzygium cumunni, Emblica officinalis, Mallotus philippinensis and dominant shrubs comprise of Salix, Barberis, Rosa, Viburnum, Lonicera sp. Carissa opaca, Carissa spinarum, Dodonea viscosa, Indegofera 42

46 43 heterantha, Rhamnus virgata etc.are also found here Kullu district. The Kullu district is known for luscious quality of apples, apricots, cherries, plums, peaches and pears. In higher reaches where the life is harsh and difficult, the people have been mostly subsisting upon coarse grains and wild products like buckwheat and barley. Kodra, sariara, maize and dried beans have been the staple food of these people. Among the various forest trees, district is rich in alpine vegetation. The commonest trees present are pine, oak rhododendron, deodar, mohru, kharsu and wild walnut. Fauna 106. Kinnaur district. In Kinnaur district, serow, blue sheep, red fox, musk deer, goral, ibex, leopard, snow leopard, brown bear, himalayan black bear are found in different wild life sanctuaries of the district. Yaks, donkeys and ponies are reared by local farmers in the higher areas Chamba district. Important animals found in the district are ibex, musk deer, snow leopard, black bear, blue sheep, himalayan tahr and royle's pika, western tragopan, koklas, monal, green backed tit, black tit, himalayan griffon, snowcock, snow pigeon. himalayan black bear, leopard cat, common langur and yellow-throated marten, brown bear, goral, himalayan tahr, serow, and cheer pheasant. Other domestic animals like donkey, cow, goats and sheep Shimla district. Important animals found in the district are pig, deer, rabbit, bear, ghurral, kakar, chittal deer, sambar dear whereas birds found are, bater, dove, peacock, black francolin, yellow footed green pigeon, pigeon, jungle fowl kolsa, chakour etc Kullu district. In Kullu, the wild life species found sparsely include common Indian rat, wild cat, himalayan black bear, brown bear, barking deer, musk deer, goral, jackal, langoor, monkey, leopard and panther. Wildlife Sanctuary 110. For selecting the route alignment, any wildlife travel routes have been avoided as far as possible during the field visits. In Kinnaur, the least distance between protected area is approximately 16 km distance between Urni substation and Rakchham wildlife sanctuary. In Chamba district, the least distance between protected area is approximately 12 km distance between Chambi substation and LILO to Kangra Dehra transmission line and the Sechu Taun Nala Wildlife Sanctuary. In Rohru, the least distance between protected area is approximately 8.5 km distance between Hatkoti substation and Talra wildlife sanctuary. In Kullu district, the least distance between protected area is approximately 4.5 km distance between Barsani Charor Transmission line and Great Himalayan National Park and also Kanawar wildlife sanctuary As evident from Table 37 below, all subprojects including transmission lines in the Kullu, Mandi, Kinnaur, Chamba and Kangra, Shimla districts will not negatively impact the flora and fauna of the area. Annexure 10 includes specific details regarding Wildlife Sanctuaries and National Park within the districts and Figure A10 shows their aerial distance from the wildlife area to the subproject site. Table 37: Distance from WLS and National Parks for all Tranche 2 subprojects SNo Sub-Project Nearest Aerial Distance WildlifeSanctuary COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects 1 S1 and T km Rakchham Chitkul WLS COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects 1. S2 and T2 23 km Dhauladhar WLS 2. S3 and T3 20 km Gamgul Siabehi WLS 3. S4 and t km Sechu Tuan Nala WLS COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects 1. S5 and T5 8 km Talra WLS 2. S6 27 km Talra WLS COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects 1. S7 and T6 10 km Manali WLS 2. T7 4 km Great Himalayan National Park and Kanwar WLS

47 SNo Sub-Project Nearest Aerial Distance WildlifeSanctuary 3. T8 20 km Great Himalayan National Park 4. S8 and S 9 16 km Great Himalayan National Park and Kanwar WLS 5. S10 Nil None 112. Currently, the route alignment for transmission line sub-projects and substation sites are underway at Kullu PIU. HPPTCL shall decide the final locations of all sub-project in a manner that does not infringe upon the Great Himalayan National Park as well as the Manali WLS. 3.3 Economic Development Employment 113. According to the Census, , Himachal has 19,63,882 main workers and 10,28,579 marginal workers in the state as per 2001 census. There are around 64.1% of the total working population of Shimla and 68.8% of Kinnaur s working population is engaged as cultivators, 2.7% and 2.3% working population of Shimla and Kinnaur district are engaged in agriculture labours works 1.2% and 1.8% are working in household industries and 32% and 31.1% are other workers. This means that there is one main worker for every 3.09 persons and one marginal worker for 5.91 persons. Combining the number of main and marginal workers, it works out that there is one worker for every 2.03 persons. Table 38 below shows that the majority of the population are workers. Table 38: Population wise male and female workers in Shimla and Kinnaur district Area Population Total Workers (Main + Marginal) Non-Workers Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Kinnaur 7, ,173 36,161 47,811 28,041 19,770 30,523 14,132 16,391 Shimla 722, , , ,223 21, , , , ,416 Source Primary Census Abstract: The mainstay of the people of Himachal Pradesh is agriculture on which 66.71% population depends for their livelihood. The topography being mostly hilly, the type of cultivation is terraced. Close to 80 percent of all holdings fall in the category of small and marginal farmers. Due to ideal climate for fruit cultivation, horticulture and vegetable growing (seasonal as well as off-season), a well-diversified farm economy has developed rapidly during the past three decades. The percentage of main workers to total population is and the percentage of cultivators to main workers is The percentage of agricultural labourers to total workers is 1.22 as per 2001 census. Table 39 below gives the details. Table 39: No of person employed in different type of Jobs in 2011 Type of Industrial Manageri Clerical Transport and Artistic Other skilled Unskill Total Job and technical al Jobs Jobs communication jobs job labour ed Kullu Chamba Source: District Statistical Abstract Industries 115. Because of difficult geographical terrain and topography of the Shimla district, the chances to set up modern, medium and large scale industries are quite limited. Therefore, there are only cottage and small scale industries that rely on varied type of local raw materials, like wool, juices, fruits and wood. The cool and dust free climate of the district is also quite congenial for the growth of the electronic industry in the district. There is one electronic complex operating in Shoghi. Cotton carding, threshing, fruit canning preservation, bakeries, and oil expelling are the main agro-based industries operating in the district. Earlier, wooden packaging cases, was the main wood based industry, operating in the district, but with the replacement of wooden boxes by cartons, this industry has lost its importance. However, wooden furniture, toys, sticks, and joinery are still operating in the district. Stone crushers and earthen pottery are the main mineral based industries of the district. There are number of textile based units also which are engaged in the 44 9 Currently only a summary of published data for Census 2011 is available, whereas the complete set of data is available only for Census Annexure 9 has been prepared for comparison which highlights of Census 2011 data in comparison with 2001 data.

48 manufacturing of hosiery products, shawls, chaddars, and fancy handicraft. Further, there are some engineering, chemical and electronic based units also operating in the district. Some of the engineering units, are producing barbed wire, wire nails, tin smithy products, steel fabrications, steel furniture, auto repairs and sewing machines and assembling. Laundry soap, detergent, bread wrapper, ink, candle making, tyre retreading are some of the chemical based units set up in the district. Electronic based products being produced in the district are video cassettes, televisions, voltage stabilizers, TV/radio repairs, and intercom The economy of the Chamba district is mostly agrarian. Main minerals found in the district are limestone and slate. Sultanpur is an industrial area of district. Table 40 below gives the type of registered small scale industries. Table 40: Registered Small Scale Industries in Chamba district Type of Industries Number 1. Food & Allied Hosiery & Textile Wooden Products Leather & Raxin Products Glass/Ceramics Mechanical & Allied Electronic & Electrical Paper & Paper Products 2 9. Chemical & Allied Miscellaneous Total 1951 Source: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (GoI) 117. In Kullu district, there are two medium and large scale industrial enterprises located at village Raison manufacturing natural spring water and aerated water. Total fixed capital investment in these enterprises is Rs million and providing employment to 147 persons including 21 non-himachalis. 1,817 small scale industrial enterprises (on ) having fixed capital investment of Rs million provide employment to 10,628 persons, out of which 123 are non-himachalis. Industrial area of Kullu district is situated in Shamshi on N.H. 21, 7 km from Kullu town towards Bhunter. The total area of this industrial area is bighas. 43 plots, 12 sheds and 16 shops have been developed in this area. At present 39 industrial enterprises are working in this industrial area having fixed capital investment of Rs million and providing employment to 414 persons Infrastructure facilities Rural Roads and Communication System 118. Total motorable roads in the Kinnaur district are 4,171 km out of which 4,010 are motorable. 2,048 km are metalled and 1,172 km are kutcha. In absolute terms, road length works out to be km per 100 sq. km against the state average of Telephone density is 74.5 per 2000 population but telecommunication revolution in the state has increased the communication to a great extent. It has helped in quick response to disasters and emergencies. Rapid communication prevented any loss of life during flash floods in Satluj river caused by breach of Parcchu lake in Tibet Autonomous Region of China in Distances from health institutions, travel time, and means of transport have an effect on the utilization of services in health facilities and also affect the timely referral of emergencies According to district profile of Chamba district, district has total 2, km of total road network out of which 1,159 km is metalled road. Details of road network are given in Table 41 below. Table 41: Road Network in Chamba district 1. Total road network 2, km 2. Metalled road 1, km 3. Unmetalled road km 4. Villages connected with roads Road density km per 100 sq.km or 4.62 km per 1000 persons Source: District official website 120. In Kullu district, total roads in the district is 1675 km out of which 128 km are double lane, 45

49 1503 km are single lane. In absolute terms, road length works out to be km per 100 sq. km against the state average of Details are shown in Table 42 below. Table 42: Total Road in Kullu district Roads in km Total road length Double lane Single lane Other Jeep able Non Jeepable Source: Kullu district at a glance, Government of HP Water Supply 121. As per planning department of Himachal Pradesh, all 16,997 villages in the state were provided with safe drinking water facility by March Availability of piped and potable water supply affects the health of people. As on December 2006, number of partially covered villages was 479 and number of fully covered villages was 6,031. None of the villages in the district remains uncovered. In addition, 938 hand pumps were functional in the district. Though the piped water supply is ensured but quality of water is still a question mark. Water borne diseases constitute single largest group of all diseases. Electrification 122. As per the district statistical abstract, 100% rural electrification has been achieved in the Kullu, Mandi, Shimla and Chamba districts and 85.47% achieved in Kinnaur district by 31 st March Land Use 123. The HP state is spread over deep small valleys and high elevations and cultivation is possible only in small terraces of holdings in the high hills or in the basins of streams/khads. However, in the deep valleys though very few in numbers, the cultivation is spread in a vast area. Most of the land, is either under shrub forests or greasy land with Chil, Pine trees up to the height of 1,500 metres from mean sea level and Kail, Deodar, Rai, Ban, Mauru, Rhododendrons and Kanor on the high altitude. Near the basins of rivers and khads, land is flat and fertile and the cultivation of cereals and pulses and seasonal vegetables is done extensively. Sloping areas of high altitudes are most suitable for horticulture purposes for apples, almonds, walnuts, apricots and others Prior to the coming of Tenancy and Land Reforms Act, there were three kinds of land tenure systems prevalent in the district and these were (i) Zamindari, (ii) Pattedari and (iii) Bhaichara. Zamindari system of land tenure was abolished after the introduction of Himachal Pradesh Tenancy and Land Reforms Act and most of the cultivators who were tenants of the landlords for generations became the owners of the land except in case of holdings of those land lords who were minors, widows, disabled and service personnel. Land holding in the hilly terrains, of the district are small in size, scattered and fragmented and comprise terraced fields, in major part of the cultivable area. With a view to do away with uneconomical land holdings, the Government of Himachal Pradesh has taken certain steps for the consolidation of holdings, under the Consolidation of Holding Act. Table 43 shows the Land Use pattern in HP state. Table 43: Land use pattern of Himachal Pradesh SNo. Land Use Area in Ha Percentage 1 Total geographical area 5,567 2 Reporting area for land utilization 4, Forest 1, Not available for cultivation 1, Permanent pasture and other grazing lands 1, Land under misc. Tree crop & groves Culturable wasteland Fallow lands other than current fallows Current fallow Net area sown Source: India State of Forest Report

50 There is lot of variation in land physiographic and agro climatic conditions in Chamba district. The district harbours low hills subtropical regions of Bhatiyat block, mid hills sub humid areas of Chamba (Sadar), high hills temperate regions of Salooni, Mehla and Tissa and high land tribal areas of Bharmaur and Pangi. Consequently, land use pattern varies widely from one region to another. Out of the total geographical area of 5,06,899 hectares (excluding Pangi block), the cultivated area is only 38,837 hectares accounting for about 8 per cent) of the geographical area of the district. The availability of cultivable land decreases drastically from low to high hills. In the blocks like Bharmaur, Tissa and Salooni, the availability of arable land is limited due to undulating topography and hilly terrains but more area can be developed and brought under plough. The major proportion of the area falls under permanent pastures and forest lands. However, there are 2,085 hectares of culturable waste and 5,523 hectares of fallow land that can be developed and brought under cultivation which would increase the existing cultivated area by about 20 per cent. Table 44 shows the land use pattern. Table 44: Land use pattern of Chamba district Particulars Bharmaur Bhatiyat Chamba Mehla Salooni Tissa Total Total geographical area 171,739 59,587 32,623 94,324 49,815 98, ,899 Forests Productive 18,170 13,008 3,962 52,853 5,006 11, ,329 Degraded 7,787 5,575 2,642 5, ,332 27,208 Barren and uncultivable land Rocky ,651 Stony Sloppy Land put to non-agricultural uses Buildings ,915 1,776 1,293 6,064 Roads/paths/channels ,078 2,523 Culturable waste Weed/bush infested ,006 Area prone to animal menace ,079 Permanent pasture and other grazing lands Productive 136,000 6,055 8,427 25,063 34,212 71, ,682 Degraded 1,362 24,219 8, ,008 Land under miscellaneous 1, ,208 tree crops and groves Fallow land Current fallow , ,093 Other fallow ,430 Cultivated land 4,103 9,060 6,874 6,976 6,002 5,822 38,837 Source: District agriculture plan Total land requirement for Tranche 2 subprojects is given in Table 45 below: Table 45: Total land* required for Tranche 2 subprojects SNo. Project Total Land Area Private Land Government/Forest land COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 5,075 sqm 5,075 sq.m Nil T1 66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation km ROW 9720 sqm 1100 sqm 8620 sq m COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 38,642 sqm 38,642 sqm Nil T2 220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal km ROW substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP S3 33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal 9,600 sqm 9600 sqm Nil T3 132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal 6 km ROW to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation S4 33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) 9600 sqm Nil 9600 sqm T4 132 kv S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line 10 km ROW COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti 14,250 sqm 14,250 sqm Nil T5 220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS 805,700 sqm 470,750 sqm 334,950 sqm Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti 22.7 km ROW S6 132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 17,625 sqm 17,625 sqm Nil COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan 2250 sqm 2250 sqm Nil T6 33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching 11 km ROW station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor 38.7 km ROW

51 SNo. Project Total Land Area Private Land Government/Forest land T8 220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv 18.6 km ROW Banala substation S8 132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 11,280 sqm. 11,280 sqm. Nil S9 33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 9,600 sqm. 9,600 sqm. Nil S10 33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line 9600 sqm km ROW Nil 9600 sqm * For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award Agricultural Development/Other income sources Agriculture 127. Horticulture and agriculture play very important roles in the economy of Himachal Pradesh. The economy of Kinnaur district is predominantly agriculture based where as large as 67.09% of the total working force is engaged in tilling the cultivable land. The space of arable land is small and the cultivation is common on narrow strips along the browse of the mountains. The crops for the most part are poor and a great scarcity of grain pervades. In time of scarcity, horse chestnuts are dried and ground into flour. The standard grains of Kinnaur are barley, phaphra (Fagopyrum esculentum) and ogla (Fagopyrum emerginatum); barley is sown in March-April and harvested in July after which the fields are prepared for the ogla and phaphra which are harvested in October. At the places where one cropping season is undertaken, the important crops grown are Ooa (Hordeum coeleste), wheat, phaphra and barley which are sown in April and harvested in August- September. The other grains are bathu (Amranthus), cheena (Panicum miliaceum) and koda (Paspalum ocribiculatum). Generally, the local millets are grown as cereals. A long and typical winter season is responsible for low production. Non-food crops do not have much of importance. Farming is dependent on irrigation and the main sources are the Kuhls (water channels) drawn from the streams fed by glaciers. Due to high profits, the people have enthusiastically taken to raising off-season vegetable crops like cabbage, peas, tomatoes, beans, seed potato and pulses. Table 46 shows the crop calendar. Table 46: Crop calendar SNo. Crop Month of sowing Month of harvesting 1 Maize May to June October 2 Wheat October to April June /September/ October 3 Jo October/November/May June/July/September/October 4 Small Jo June September/October 5 Mash June October 6 Potato April to June October 7 Mustard October/November May/June 8 Pea April/June /October August/October/April/May 9 Rajmah May/June September/October Source: District Statistical Abstract - Kinnaur 128. As per District agriculture plan of Chamba district, the farmers of the district generally take two crops per year. Maize is the main crop of the Kharif season and potato and paddy are also sown, in some areas. Wheat and barley are the major Rabi crops. The period of sowing and harvesting of crops depends on the elevations. Millets and coarse cereals like ogla, kangni, cheeney, chilai and bathu constitute important crops of the cold region of Bharmaur and Pangi where maize is not sown during the Kharif. Amongst the vegetables grown during the Kharif season are tomato, peas, potato and cabbage. Mostly these crops are grown to meet local requirements of the cultivators. Six seed multiplication farms are functioning at Bhanota, Rajpura, Bhagat, Thullet, Ahla and Dharwas According to agriculture production, the Shimla district can be divided into three broad regions: (i) valleys and basin areas (ii) mid hills and (iii) high hills. The low lying areas of Rampur, Suni, Kumarsain, Jubbal and Kotkhai, Chopal, Mashobra, Theog and Rohru tehsils, are particularly suitable for the cultivation of cereal crops. In the mid hill areas of these blocks, the scope to produce vegetables, fruits and cereals is immense. The higher elevations of these blocks are suitable, for growing apples, cherry, seed potatoes, almonds and walnuts, paddy, wheat, maize,

52 millets and pulses. Mushroom cultivation and a number of vegetables such as potatoes, peas, cauliflower are also grown in the district. Central Potato Research Institute which has a potato research station in Kufri and potato farms are functioning in Shillaru, Kharapathar, Khadrala and Dhurla Major part of Kullu district grows apples and other fruits which are plum, peach, apricot, pomegranates and kiwi as well as nuts, especially almonds. Table 47 gives the details of area in hectare under different crops. Table 47: Area of Kullu district under different crops S. No Crop (area in Ha) (area in Ha) Agriculture 1 Maize 16,375 16,337 2 Jo Potato Rise Wheat 25,986 25,972 Horticulture 6 Apple Other fruits Total 27,207 27,246 Source: Kullu district at a Glance (Government of HP) Horticulture 131. Kinnaur district is the one of the rich fruit producing districts of Himachal Pradesh. Grown at high altitude and in ideal climatic conditions, the apple of Kinnaur possesses better taste, colour and aroma. Besides, temperate fruits like walnut, almond, chilgoza, raisin, apricot, of Kinnaur are at par with the best quality produced among the world. The area under apples in Kinnaur was 8,832 hectares producing 47,446 tonnes apples. Majority of area and production is realised in Kalpa block The variations in the climatic conditions in the Chamba district present immense possibilities for the development of horticulture. The district has suitable pockets for the production of hazenut, chilgoza, apricot, walnut, peach, apple, pear, plum and mango. The apple orchards are located mainly in Churah, Bharmaur, Chamba and Pangi tehsil and salooni sub- tehsils where delicious varieties of red, royal and golden apples etc. are mostly found. Walnut is grown all over the district. Chilgoza is mostly found in Pangi area and certain pockets of Bharmaur tehsil. There are three olive development centers in the district at Lanji, Sarol and Rajnagar. In order to meet the plant requirements of the cultivator, the department is maintaining progeny orchards and nurseries in the district. In order to provide a market for horticultural produce, the horticulture department of the state government has started fruit canning unit in the public sector at Rajpura and other such unit is functioning at Chamba in the cooperative sector One third of total fruit production of the state is coming from Shimla district alone. Nearly fifty per cent of total apple crop of the state is produced in Shimla district. There are two fruit research stations functioning in the districts-one at Mashobra and the other at Kotkhai. Further, there are 17 progeny orchards, 31 plant protection centres, 2 garden colonies, 1 community colony and 6 grading and packaging houses, working in the district. With a view to provide all required essential infrastructure to fruits production, government has set up four cold storage centres at Oddi, Jarol Tikkar, Rohru and Gumma, each with a capacity of one thousand tonnes. There is one canning unit also in the district Horticulture plays an important role in the economic life and prosperity of the people of Kullu. Greater emphasis is being laid on this sector because the geographical features and climatic conditions prevailing in the district are ideally suited for fruit farming. Apart from apples other varieties of fruits grown in Kullu district are plum, peach, apricot, pomegranates, kiwi and nuts, especially almonds. Bee Keeping 135. Bees are very important for apple production as they help in pollination of apple crop for 49

53 setting of fruits. Shimla district have the required flora for bees. In Kotkhai, there is one Ag-Mark laboratory engaged in processing and packaging of honey. There are seven bee keeping stations functioning in the district in Sawra, Nerva, Dodakwar, Hatkoti, Annu, Gauna and Shimla. There are more than 60 commercial private units and more than 500 small private, bee keeping units functioning in the district As per district agriculture profile of Chamba district, (GoHP) Chamba has lots of potential for bee keeping development as a potential enterprise in this district as there is sufficient flora available. In certain locations, farmers are rearing exotic (Apis mellifera) as well as indigenous (Apis indica) bee colonies. Both stationary and migratory bee keeping practices are adopted. In Bharmaur, high quality honey is produced due to availability of medicinal flora Chhichhari (Plectranthrus). Presently, bee keeping is not a specialised activity but a supplementary enterprise but with the emphasis on horticultural development, the bee keeping may gain importance to harness their complimentary benefits in pollination. With the increase in area under fruit, sufficient bee flora can be produced in flowering season. However, like sheep and goats, migratory bee keeping will be more feasible during winter if the bee colonies are shifted to other areas that time of the year. Animal Husbandry 137. The livestock census data in HP state for the last 5 livestock census is given below in Table 48 which indicates that the total livestock population has declined by about 0.1 million heads between 1987 and Though the pastoral and livestock based livelihood is declining in number, the stock is improving in quality as the output is increasing:- Table 48: Category wise Cattle as per Livestock Census SNo. Category Cattle Buffaloes Sheep Goats Horses and Ponies Mules and Donkeys Pigs Other Livestock Total Given the difficult geographical features of the Kinnaur district, livestock is indispensable for agriculture and horticulture development in the district. Cross breeding of jersey and holstein breed cows, marino and rembuilt in sheep, and white leg horn and rhode island red birds in poultry were introduced in the district. Number of veterinary hospitals, dispensaries, outlying dispensaries artificial insemination centres are also functioning in the district to prevent common ailments and control of infectious diseases. For improving the quality of sheep and wool, Government Sheep Breeding farm at Jeori is supplying improved sheep to the breeders of the district Chamba district has total of 2,90,852 livestock, with 138 veterinary breeding farms, 1 wool analysis centre, and 36,921 poultry farms. Details are given in Table 49 below. Table 49: Status of Animal Husbandry in Chamba district Total live stock 2,90,852 Crossbred 27,994 Veterinary institutions 138 Sheep breeding farm 1 Poultry farm 1 Wool analysis centre 1 Poultry 36,921 Source: District Profile of Chmaba (district official website) 50 Fisheries 140. Fishing in the state is regulated under Himachal Pradesh Fisheries Act, Satluj and tributaries of Yamuna - Giri, Pabber Tons, Ashani and Shalvi have more than 400 km length available for fishing. Some of the fish species are Torputitora, Salmotrulta, Schyzpthorax, Fasio Salmo, Gairdineri, Gairedinerri Bagarius and weedy fishes. Fast flowing cold water, in different

54 51 rivers and khuds is quite suitable for varied species of fish in the district Kullu district has perennial rivers, the Beas, Solang, Manalsu, Chhaki, Parvati, Sujoin, Fozal, Garsa, Kurpan etc. The important variety of fish found in the district is Trout and Himalayan Barbel. Trout fish farms have been established at Patlikuhl, Babeli and Nagni to give a boost to this enterprise. The total fish production in the district during was 243 metric tonnes, the value of which turned out to be Rs million Mineral Development 142. As per investigation of Geological Survey of India, the minerals available in Himachal Pradesh include limestone, birytes, clays, mica, iron pyrites, salt, gypsum, slate, antimony and lead. The distribution of these minerals is scattered all over the state and includes lime stone in Bilaspur, Sirmaur and Kangra districts; salt and slates in Mandi district; gypsum in Rajban, Bharli in Sirmour district; Lahaul & Spiti and Sapatu in Solan district; byryte in Sirmour, iron ore in Mandi and Kangra; and uranium in Kullu and Hamirpur districts Tourism Facilities 143. Kinnaur district. Kinnaur district is a tourist hub that has many places of historical, archaeological and religious importance such as Kalpa, Reckong Peo, Sangla, Chango, Chhitkul, Kothi, Leo, Lippa, Moorang, and Nichar Chamba district. The Chamba town stands on a plateau on the right bank of the Ravi river valley between Dhauladhar and Zanskar ranges south of the inner Himalayas. This town was founded by Raja Sahil Varman when he conquered the lower Rani valley from the petty chiefs called Ranas and Thakurs in the beginning of 10th Century. Important tourism places in Chamba district are Bhuri Singh Museum, Akhand Chandi Palace, Bharmour, Champavati temple, Chamunda Devi Temple, Chaugan, Dalhousie, Hari Rai Temple, Kilar (Pangi valley HQ), Laxmi Narayan Temple, Manimahesh Lake, Rang Mahal, Saho, Sui Mata Temple, Vajreshwari temple, and Chhatrari Shimla district. Shimla district has many places of historical, archaeological and religious importance. Apart from Shimla town, Kufri, Naldehra, Narkanda, Rohru, Hatkoti, Kotgarh, Rampur, Sarahan are the main centres, of tourist interest. Shimla is also known for a number of fairs and festivals. Lavi fair of Rampur, which has acquired the status of international fair, is the most important and popular fair of the district. Large number of traders come all the way from other states to Rampur to buy woollen articles, dry fruits and medicinal herbs. Certain other fairs held in the district are Sippi fair of Mashobra, Barara fair of Kumarsain, Bhoj fair organized in village Guman in Rohru Tehsil, Charyoli fair held in village Bodna in Chopal tehsil, Chunehar fair of Theog tehsil, Dudhbahali fair of Rampur tehsil. In addition, Jagna Shari fair of tehsil Jubbal, Mahasu Jatar (Mahasu Village), Pathar-ka-khel fair (of Halog), Rampur-k-Jatar (village Rampuri), Rihali Fair (Suni tehsil), Rohru Fair, Sarahan Fair and Shancha fair (Village Baragaon) also take place in the district. These fairs provide not only a good platform for social and cultural integration, but also give a big boost to economic activity The Kullu valley well connected by air and road and is situated on either side of river Beas and attracts national and international tourists. The Kullu valley runs north to south of this Beas river and is 80 km long and about 2 km at its broadest. The valley is famous for its exquisitely woven colourful handmade shawls and Kullu caps. Important tourists site in Kullu valley are Manali valley, Bajaura, Banjar, Bijli Mahadev Temple, Camping site Raison, Kasol, Katrain, Larji, Malana, Manikaran, Naggar, Raghunathji Temple, Vaishno Devi Temple and Great Himalyan National Park. 3.4 Social and Cultural Resources Population and Community 147. According to Surveyor General of India, the total area of Himachal Pradesh is 55,673 sq. km. Area-wise, Hamirpur is the smallest district of the Pradesh which covers an area of 1,118 sq. kilometres (2.01%) and Lahaul and Spiti has the largest area of 13,835 sq. km (24.85%). The total population of Himachal Pradesh, according to 2001 census was 60,77,900, which gives a

55 population density of 109 persons per sq. km. There are wide variations in area and population of the districts and the district-wise density varies from 2 persons per sq. kilometre in Lahaul and Spiti to 369 persons in Hamirpur district. Out of the total population, the number of males and females is 30,87,940 and 29,89,960, respectively, which means that the number of females per 1000 males is 968. The sex ratio of females per thousand males has been rising continuously in Himachal Pradesh since 1951 census but declined from 976 in 1991 census to 968 in 2001 census. The total percentage of rural population is 90.20% of the total population residing in 17,495 inhabited villages. Himachal Pradesh has the highest percentage of rural population among all the states of the country. The scheduled caste population in the state is 15,02,170 (2001 census) which is 24.72% of the total population as per 2001 census. The scheduled tribe population which has its concentration in districts of Kinnaur and Lahaul Spiti and parts of Chamba district and scattered in other districts is 2,44,587, which is 4.02% of the total population. About 60 percent of the state s tribal population falls under the tribal sub-plan areas There are 56 urban local bodies - one nagar nigam, 20 municipal councils and 28 nagar pachayats and 7 cantonment boards, seven cantonment areas and one census town in Himachal Pradesh. The population of these urban settlements is 5,95,581 as per 2001 census. The largest one is the Shimla town with a population of 1,42,161 and the smallest one, is Narkanda with a population of In 2011, Kinnaur had population of 84,298 of which male and female were 46,364 and 37,934 respectively. In 2001 census, Kinnaur had a population of 78,334 of which males were 42,173 and remaining 36,161 were females In 2011, Chamba district had population of 518,844 of which male and female were 260,848 and 257,996 respectively. In 2001 census, Chamba had a population of 460,887 of which males were 235,218 and remaining 225,669 were females The population of the Shimla district was 7,22,502 (2001 census), of which 3,80,996 (53%) males, 3,41,506 (47%) female, sex ratio (F:M) is 896:1000 and density of population is 147 per sq. km. The rural and urban population is 5,55,269 (77%) and 1,67,233 (23%) respectively. The schedule caste and scheduled tribes population in the district is 26% and 0.60% respectively. In 2001, census was not done in Kinnaur district due to occurrence of natural calamities in the year The total population of the Kullu district was 3,81,571 as per the 2001 census, which accounts for 6.25 per cent of the state s population of which males were 198,016 and remaining 183,555 were females.. In 2011, Kullu had population of 437,474 of which male and female were 224,320 and 213,154 respectively. Kullu district population constituted 6.38 percent of total HP population. In 2001 census, this figure for Kullu district was at 6.28% of HP population Education Facilities 153. According to 2001 census, the overall literacy percentage of Himachal Pradesh was 76.5% (85.30% for males and 67.40% for females). Comparatively, it is much higher than the all-india literacy rate, which is 65.38%. The literacy rate in Himachal Pradesh has been improving faster than the all-india figures. Himachal Pradesh is characterised by a very strong correlation between sex ratio (females per thousand and males) and literacy. Districts with higher density of female population vis-à-vis male population have high literacy rates There are 1,612 primary school and 350 secondary and 306 higher secondary schools in Shimla district and 189 primary schools and 38 secondary and 44 higher secondary schools in Kinnaur district. There are 1,115 primary school and 81 secondary and 85 high schools in Chamba district. The details are shown in Tables 50 and 51 below.

56 53 Table 50: Detail of School and Colleges in year in Kinnaur & Shimla districts S no. Item Kinnaur Shimla 1 Primary schools 189 1,612 2 students enrolled in Primary Schools 5,904 52,663 3 Teachers in Primary schools 532 3,545 4 Secondary schools students enrolled in Secondary Schools 3,811 35,266 6 Teachers in Secondary schools 119 3,462 7 Higher Secondary Schools Students enrolled in Higher Secondary 3,857 53,709 9 Teachers in Higher Secondary Schools 439 4, Colleges Students enrolled in Colleges , Colleges Teachers Source: District Statistical Abstract The districts have some technical and law colleges and distance learning programs and correspondence courses offered by various study centres under Open University Scheme of Indian Universities. Table 51: Detail of Educational institutes and literacy in Chamba district Degree colleges 7- Chamba, Chowari, Banikhet, Salooni, Tissa, Pangi and Bharmour. B. Ed. College 1-Chamba Polytechnic institutes 2- Chamba and Banikhet. Senior secondary schools 81 High schools 85 Middle schools 239 Primary schools 1,115 Literacy rate 63.73% (2001 CENSUS) Male literacy 77.22% Female Literacy 49.78% Source: Average literacy rate of Kullu district in 2011 were compared to of 2001, Male and female literacy were and respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at and in Kullu District. Total literate in Kullu District were 310,487 of which male and female were 176,552 and 133,935 respectively. In 2001, Kullu District had 239,649 in its district. The number of primary schools has increased from 425 in 1995 to 730 in , the impact of which has been reflected by the increasing literacy rate in the district. The number of middle and high/senior secondary schools has also increased over the period. In order to provide higher educational facilities, the number of colleges has increased to 4 during The teacherstudent ratio at primary level has decreased over the period and is 1:13 at present but at middle level the ratio is 1:65 which needs to be reduced by increasing the number of teachers (details in Table 52). Table 52: Number of Recognized Schools and Colleges in Kullu District ( ) Year Primary schools Middle schools High / senior secondary Colleges schools Source: District Statistical Abstract Health Facilities 157. Shimla district has 1645 allopathic hospitals, 220 community health centres, 201 primary health centres, and 28 civil hospitals. Chamba district has 1 civil hospital, 7 community health centres, 42 primary health centres, and 176 sub centres. Kullu district has 2 civil hospitals, 5 community health centres, 17 primary health centres, and 1 Homeopathy health centre. Table 53 gives the details.

57 Table 53: List of Government Institutions SNo. Health Institution Kinnaur Shimla Chamba Kullu 1 Regional Hospitals Civil Hospital Community Health Centers Primary Health Centers Sub-Centers Ayurvedic Hospitals Ayurvedic Dispensaries Rural Centers 3 9 Homeopathy Hospital Available Beds 99 Source: District official website 158. As per the reports of Planning Department of Himachal Pradesh, Table 54 shows the status of various infrastructure in the state as on 31 st March Table 54: Rural Infrastructure in Himachal Pradesh at the end of 31 st March 2009 Nos. Item Unit Position as on Road Length (Motorable) km. 30, Villages connected with Roads No 9,243 3 Bridges No 1,604 4 Primary Schools No 10, Middle Schools Nos. 2,338 6 High Schools Nos Senior Secondary Schools Nos Veterinary Hospitals Nos Veterinary Dispensaries Nos. 1, PHC/CHC/RH/SHCs Nos Health Sub-Centres Nos. 2, Civil Dispensaries Nos Ayurvedic Dispensaries Nos. 1,126 Source: Planning department, Himachal Pradesh ( Sites of Cultural, Archaeological and Historical Significance 159. Kinnaur district. There are several temples in Kinnaur district that date back to ancient times. The Chandika Temple at Kothi (also called Koshtampi) is an ancient temple dedicated to goddess Chandika, more especially designated as Shuwang Chandika. The Mathi Temple at Chhitkul (3450m), which is the last and highest village in the Baspa valley, has three temples, the main one was said to have been constructed about five hundred years ago. The Narayan-Nagani temple is situated at Kalpa (2759 m) which lies on the old Hindustan Tibet Road at a distance of 260 km from Shimla. There are couple of Buddhist monasteries at Kalpa including the Hu-Bu-Ian- Car Gompa, said to be founded it by Rinchensang-Po ( AD). Kalpa is located close to the foot of 6050 meter high Kinner Kailash, the legendary winter home of Shiva. Kinner Kailash mountain is regarded as one of the mythical homes of Lord Shiva, where a 79 feet high rock formation resembles Sivalinga. This Sivalinga changes the colour as the day passes. Also visible on the stretch is the peak of Raldang (5499 m). At Chango (3058m), buddhism is generally practiced, but there are some local Hindu deities too namely Gyalbo, Dablaand Yulsa. In Lippa (2438m), there are three Buddhist temples dedicated to Galdang Chhoikar, Dunguir and Kangyur. Apart from the Buddhist temples there is yet another old sanctuary dedicated to Tangtashu, a local deity. Other important sites in Kinnaur district are Moorang, Nichar, Nako, Namgya, Pooh, Chango Temples at Chango, Rakchham, Ribba, Maheshwar Temple at Sungra, Rarang Monastery at Rarang, Durga Temple at Ropa, Charang Temple, Brelengi Gompa at Brelengi near Peo Chamba district. Chamba is the capital of a culturally rich ancient hill state. It has been endowed with numerous monuments of varying antiquity which include temples, palaces, stylish buildings of high aesthetic value and beautiful green spaces known as chowgan. The monuments like Akhand Chandi Palace, along with Zenana Palace, Lakshmi Narayan Temple, Rang Mahal and above all the majestic chowgan are valuable historical and cultural assets.akhand Chandi and Zenana Mahal were built by Raja Umed Singh sometime between 1748 and Laxmi Narayan Temple, Bansigopal Temple, Sita Ram Temple, Champavati Temple, Hari Rai Temple, Vajareshwari Temple, Chamunda Devi Temple, Suhi Mata Temple, Temples of Chauntra, Kharura 54

58 and Jansali Mohallas are the other historic and cultural important places of Chamba. There is also a fair organised every year from 15th of the Chait to the first of Baisakhi which is popularly known as Sui Mata ka Mela Bhuri Singh Power House is a hydel generation power house made by Mian Bhuri Singh, who became the Raja of Chamba in This was the first power house in the northern India. As such Chamba town had electricity even before Lahore Shimla district. The ancient Hatkoti Temples are within the project area. On the basis of the architectural design and style of sculpture it is believed that the Hatkoti temples belong to the Gupta period and must have been built between the 6th and 9th century A.D. At the heart of the Hatkoti valley stand the hills of Sunpuri, merging into each other, making it sacred for the localities to call it the Ardhnarishwar. Surmounting this hillock is a small temple with another finely chiseled image of Mahishasurmardini, made of stone. Small temples scattered nearby are said to have been built by the Pandavas. Once the capital of the Princely State of Bushahr, the Rampur town situated on the Hindustan Tibet Road along the banks of Satluj river has Dumgir Buddhist Temple, Padam Palace, Raghunath Temple, Ayodhya temple and Narsingh Temple. In the month of November, the Lavi Fair is organized here. Narkanda (2708 m) has an ancient temple of Hatu Mata as well as wonderful slopes for skiing. Beyond Rampur, a small village, Sarahan provides a spectacular view of Shrikhand Mahadev (5227 m) and hiking opportunities to the nearby villages such as Ranwin and Bashal Peak. The Bhimakali temple, dedicated to Goddess Durga, where as per legend, this is where goddess Shakti destroyed the mythical demon king, Bhasmasur. At Tattapani, 51 km from Shimla, there are hot sulfurous springs as well as Shiv Goofa at Saraur (4 km) Kullu district. Raghunathji Temple is dedicated to the chief deity of Kullu-Raghunath Ji. Dussehra festival is held in its name. The idol is same which was used by Lord Rama himself at the time of Ashwamegh Yagya and was brought from Tretnath temple of Ayodhya. Vaishno Devi Temple, on the way to Manali 3 km. from Kullu has a small cave just like Vaishno Devi Temple. Bhakhali Temple, about 10 km far from Kullu, is the adobe of Jagannathi mata, also called as Bhuweneshawari, sister of Lord Narayana. The temple is 1500 years old. Bijli Mahadev Temple (2435 m) on Mathan is 11 km from Kullu. Addi Brahma Temple (Khokhan) is 12 km from Kullu on a link road from Shamshi at 4 km distance from there. The temple of Aadi Brahma is in Pagoda style. Other important cultural and heritage sites of Kullu district are Bishweshwer Temple (Bajuara), Rama Temple (Manikaran), Gurudwara Shri Narayan Hari (Manikaran), Dhungri or Hadimba Temple, Manu Maharaj Temple (Manali-Village), Vashistha Rishi Temple (Manali), Rama Temple (Left Bank), Gauri Shankar Temple (Left Bank), Sandhya Devi Temple (Left Bank), Dashal Temple (Left Bank), Tripura Sundary Temple (Naggar), Guari Shankar Temple (Naggar), Murlidhar Temple (Thawa-Naggar), Vishnu Temples (Naggar), Shringa Rishi Temple (Banjar), Parshuram Temple (Banjar), Ambika Temple (Banjar), Shrikhand Mahadev (Banjar), and Dhar Deo Dhank Cave (Nirmand). 55

59 4.0 SCREENING OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 HPPTCL s Approach for Route Selection 164. As per its Environment and Social Safeguards Policy (ESSP), May, 2011 HPPTCL shall adopt a proactive route alignment approach. Preliminary route selection for transmission lines shall be done by HPPTCL based on walk over surveys, usage of tools such as the forest atlas, revenue papers and 1:50,000 topographical maps of the area from Survey of India. It shall strive to move towards using modern tools like Geographical Information System (GIS)/Global Positioning System (GPS) for a precision in route alignment with the larger picture in view while finalizing the route. i. During route alignment, all possible efforts shall be made to avoid forest areas or to keep it to the barest minimum. Whenever it becomes unavoidable due to the geography of the terrain or heavy cost involved in avoiding it, different alternative options shall be considered to minimize the requirement of forest area. The selected route shall be easily accessible in dry, rainy and winter (snow) seasons for maintenance purposes. 56 ii. At the planning stage itself, one of the factors that govern the establishment of the transmission line is the infringement of populated/forest/cultivated area and scarce land. Wherever such infringements are substantial, different alternative options are to be considered Methodology for Selection of Route: Environmental and Social view 165. Route selection among alternatives considers environmental parameters, availability of logistics support during construction, operation and maintenance of transmission lines and specific geographical condition to construct the lines along most feasible routes that were identified are based on the relevant topographic maps and walkover surveys For selection of the optimum route/site, the following points are taken into consideration by HPPTCL as per its ESSP May 2011: i. The transmission line avoids environmentally sensitive areas, eco sensitive zones, forests, sanctuaries national parks, biosphere reserves. ii. The transmission line route impacts minimally on natural resources to accomplish this, route selection of transmission line is undertaken in close consultation with representation of the state Forest, Environment, and Revenue Departments. Site-specific alterations are made to avoid environmentally sensitive areas and settlements at execution stage. iii. The proposed transmission line bypasses human habitation by a safe distance. iv. No monuments of cultural, archaeological or historical significance are affected. v. The proposed transmission line does not adversely impact any local community assets such as playground, hospitals, schools, places of worship etc. vi. The proposed route of transmission line does not create any threat to the survival of any community with special reference to tribal community. vii. Avoidance of mining protected and reserved forest, archaeological and other sensitive areas unstable ground feature, marshy low lying areas, river beds and earth slip zones. viii. Minimizing number of crossing of major rivers/railway lines, national and state highways, overhead EHV power line, number of towers and communication lines. ix. Routing is kept away from large habitations, densely populated areas, animal / bird sanctuaries, and utility pipelines to the extent possible and avoid areas reserved for planned and future development. x. Restricted areas such as civil and military installations and airfields have been avoided. xi. To minimize adverse impacts on natural habitats, human habitations efforts will be made to locate majority of substations/towers on barren, waste, or fallow agricultural lands In addition, HPPTCL shall follow the principle of avoidance by avoiding the forestland unless it is inescapable and in such instances, it shall obtain prior clearance from competent

60 authorities. It shall abide by the relevant guidelines of state and central goverment, including the directions of the Supreme Court from time to time. 4.2 Alternatives for Subproject Components Transmission Lines 168. In order to achieve this, HPPTCL has undertaken route selection for transmission lines in close consultation with representatives from Land Acquisition, Departments of Forest, Department of Wildlife Conservation and the local community. Although under the National law, HPPTCL has the right of way, yet it considers alternative alignments during site selection, with minor alterations to avoid environmentally sensitive areas and settlements at the implementation stage. As per ESSP May 2011, HPPTCL shall follow the following guidelines: i. Minimum of three alternative routes shall be studied in detail using a set of techno-economical, environmental, ecological and social impact parameters to arrive at the most optimally suitable alignment that is technically feasible, economically viable, socially just and environmentally safe. ii. A maximum width of Right of Way (RoW) for transmission lines on forestland and minimum clearances between conductors (depending on specific voltage) and trees to be adhered in route selection. iii. HPPTCL shall attempt at reducing the number of trees affected and width of the Right of Way (RoW) etc. through adoption of appropriate technological option like construction of narrow base towers, towers with extension, compact towers, multi-circuits, and monopole towers and/or innovating upon standard procedures. Specially designed high towers shall be used for reducing impact on trees, orchards wildlife and crossing wetlands, riverbeds. iv. HPPTCL shall explore possibility of adopting a variable width RoW, wherever feasible, so as to minimize land requirement especially cutting of trees and removal of other vegetation. v. Tower sites shall preferably, as far as technically feasible and permitted by the safety parameters mandatory under Indian Electricity Act Rules 77 and 80 regarding clearances from ground and buildings respectively. The towers may be located on mountain ridges to save trees in the RoW below the conductors on the valley side between two successive towers. vi. All efforts to minimize the involvement of trees falling in RoW shall be made. HPPTCL shall minimize number of trees required to be felled even if their cost has been paid. Pruning of trees will be done wherever required instead of heavy lopping or felling. vii. To minimize damage to the environment HPPTCL shall use manual stringing in thick forest and on slopes wherever possible. viii. Transmission line design shall comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference from overhead power lines. ix. Visible pathways along the transmission line alignment shall be maintained for patrolling and maintenance purposes. x. For aviation safety, in addition to putting visible signs along the conductors and on the towers, the route alignment would be shared with the nearest airport or nearest office of the Airports Authority. xi. In addition, care is also taken to avoid/minimise protected parks/forests, bird sanctuaries and any other forest area rich in wild life GIS Substations 169. For selection of appropriate site for substation, the following points are taken into consideration: i) Site selection should consider seismicity and geography of the local area; the area should not be prone to landslide or be unstable. ii) Construction activities do not adversely affect the population living near the proposed substations and does not create any threat to the survival of any community with special reference to tribal community etc. iii) The location of substation does not affect any monument of cultural or historical importance. 57

61 iv) No resettlement of households by the substation site, no loss of livelihoods, siting of transformers away from schools, hospitals and other sensitive receptors, with due consultation with the community and local government units concerned. v) Transformers and other equipment specifications compliant with GoI rules/regulations & International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) standards shall be followed. vi) Construction techniques and machinery selection shall be made with a view to minimize ground disturbance. vii) While planning for substations, drainage lines shall also be marked and studied to avoid seepage/leakages and pollution of water sources and springs etc. viii) Substation location/design to ensure that noise will not be a nuisance to neighbouring properties. Provision of noise barriers near substation sites will be made. ix) Substation design will comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference within floor area. Security fences will be erected around substations. Warning signs shall be displayed. x) HPPTCL shall adopt good practices and shall always strive for a high standard of housekeeping for its substations and ancillary facilities. xi) HPPTCL shall incorporate the best technical practices to deal with environmental issues in its working. xii) Design of substations shall be made so as to include modern fire control systems/firewalls. Provision of firefighting equipment would be made to be located close to transformers, switchgears etc Keeping above in mind, various alignments of each transmission lines were considered. All alternatives were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum route which can be taken up for detailed survey and assessment of environmental and social impacts. Annexure 2 gives the alternative analysis for the GIS substations and Annexure 3 gives an illustrative evaluation analysis of the alternative transmission line alignments for the proposed subprojects. Annexure 4 gives the inventorisation along the proposed transmission lines. Table 55 below gives the summary of the final evaluation of each substation site / transmission line alignment selection. Table 55: Summary of final alternative taken for sub-project consideration SN Project Component Alternative Chosen* Reason COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni Site A: HPPTCL land 5,075 sq near Urni village T1 66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS Route A line length substation COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station Site A: Approx. 38,642 sqm HPPTCL (P.S) at Lahal land. T2 220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Route A: km long Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. S3 33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS Site B: Private land 9,600 sq.m substation at Banjal T3 132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to Route A 6.0 km line length 33/132 kv Kurthala substation S4 33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation Site A: Government land 9,600 sq.m at Chambi (Shahpur) T4 132 kv S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO TBD point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C line COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects 58 Barren in nature, Lesser number of trees to be felled and away from population. Least number of trees to be felled as compared to other routes and least forest land involvement. Away from protected/reserve forest area. No forest tree involved and lies on shortest transmission line alignment. Forest reserve areas avoided. Interference with the houses/buildings is the least. Nearest to the road, lesser number of trees to be felled Less agricultural land used and least number of trees are affected. No forest reserve areas, no houses and easy connectivity to the proposed feeders. Forest reserve areas avoided. Interference with the houses/buildings is a very low. S5 220 kv GIS switching station at Avoids the archeologically significant area. Hatkoti No reserve forest areas and no houses Site C: Private land near Sari (on nearby, minimum number of fruit trees and Patsari-Kharapathar Link Road) no forest trees involved. The minimum sqm. land acquisition for road construction involved. T5 220 kv D/C transmission line from Route A line Length km Avoids houses and orchards in the RoW;

62 S6 SN Project Component Alternative Chosen* Reason 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti 132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda Site C: Site near Pabbar river in Chirgaon village, land size 17,525 sqm.site - Private land COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan T6 33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor T8 220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL S8 132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor S9 33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini Site C: Private land 2250 sqm. Route No 3, 11 km Route A, 38.7 km Route A, 18.6 km 59 and avoids the archeologically significant area. No reserve forest areas. Interference with the houses/buildings is the least. No reserve forest areas. Optimal distance from the IPP s hence will reduce the mesh of transmission lines. No forest reserve areas and no houses nearby, minimum number of fruits and no forest tree involved. This location will reduce the mesh of interconnection transmission lines from IPP s. Optimal distance from the wild life sanctuaries and away from the habitation. Least number of trees are required to be affected. Less tree cutting, minimum length of transmission line through inaccessible terrain. Less tree cutting and away from the habitation Site A: Private land area sqm. Single owner and lesser number of trees to be felled and away from the habitation. Single owner and lesser number of trees Site A: Private land area - 9,600 sqm. to be felled and the location will reduce the mesh of low voltage transmission lines from IPP s. S10 33/132 kv GIS substation at Site A: in village Jaggar in Governent land with less number of trees Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv possession of BBMB area - 9,600 to be felled. The site is away from any Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line sqm. habitation or protected wild life area * For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award For some all of the proposed sub-projects HPPTCL is in the process of collecting additional information and has taken up detailed survey (as shown in Table 53 above as well as Annexures 2 and 3). These alternative transmission line alignments and substation sites will be studied by the HPPTCL officials in detail for least techno-economic costs and least environment and social impacts before they are proposed to ADB for funding under Tranche Reasons for the final selection 172. Considering the reasons listed above, the proposed substation sites were deemed the best suitable. The alternatives (as shown in Annexure 2) for each substation site were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum site. These are all Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) Stations and all equipment except transformers and reactors if any, shall be housed in GIS buildings. The clearance as earlier shall be mentioned as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80) are being met. HPPTCL is in the process of collecting additional information and has taken up substation sites for detailed survey. These selected options mostly involves no population at the site, lesser cultivated area and minimum acquisition problems and therefore selected for detailed survey as final sites Considering the selection criteria listed earlier, three transmission line alignments for each subproject were considered. As such these three alternatives (as shown in Annexure 3) were studied by the HPPTCL officials before being proposed to ADB for funding to arrive at most optimum route which will be taken up for detailed survey and assessment of environmental and social impacts. The proposed routes were deemed the best suitable as these involved lesser populated areas, uncultivated areas and minimum RoW problems, hence selected for detailed surveys. These line routes have been selected with least impacts on forests, trees cultivable land and habitation. Wherever possible, the alignments have been proposed either on hilltop-to-hilltop routes or towers with extra heights to reduce the impacts on land underneath while maintaining the

63 mandatory clearance as per Indian Electricity Act (Rules 77 and 80). The proposed alignments pose minimum disturbance to any reserve forests or any sanctuary and national parks in the state Distance from Sensitive Receptors 174. Distance from various receptors is give in Table 56 below: Table 56: Approximate distance of Tranche-2 subprojects from sensitive receptors SNo. Name of Subproject Primary School Secondar y School Temple COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 1 km 2 km 1.8 km from Urni village temple T1 66 kv double circuit (D/C) 800 m 2 km 800 m transmission line from 66 kv from from GIS Urni switching station to Zanakpuri Chaugaon Wangtoo GIS substation site /1.8 km from Urni village temple COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 T2 S3 T3 S4 and T4 33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. 33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal 132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation 33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) 100 m 10 km Bharmor 200m 10 km Bharmor 10 km Bharmor 10 km Bharmor Primary Clinic (PHC) Main Hospital 1.9 km 7 km at Bhabha nagar 700 m Chaugaon 10 km Bharmor 10 km Bharmor 500 m Tapri (JP village) 2 km 65 km Chamba 65 km Chamba Population/ Inhabitant (in pockets) 200 m, 1200 persons (238 households) 200 m (500 Zanakpuri, 1500 Chaugaon) 200 m (800 scattered households ) 200 m (800 scattered households ) 1 km 18 km 4.5 km 12 km 95 km 150 m (50 Nilwa persons Nilwa) 1.2 km 12 km 5 km 12 km 87 km 100 m (50 persons) transmission line TBD- To be determined during survey, which is ongoing. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award. 60 Metal access path to the Site 1 km from National Highway 1 km from National Highway 100 m from Chamba - Bharmor Road 100 m from Chamba - Bharmor Road 4.5 km 4.5 km 1 km 500 m 1 km 1 km 6 km NIL 50 m from National Highway COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti 700 m Sari 700 m Sari 750 Sari 2 km Sarswati Nagar T5 220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti S6 132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda COMPONENT IV: S7 33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan T6 33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor T8 220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL S8 132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor S9 33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini S10 16 km Rohru 300 m (70 persons-sari) 300 m Sari 300 m Sari 350 Sari 350 Chidgaon 1 km Rohru 300 m (70 persons-sari) 400 m Sari- Khara Patthar link road I km Chidgaon 400m Chidgaon 1.5 km Sunda 350 Sunda 1 km Chidgaon 18 km Rohru 1 km Sunda (3000 persons) 500m Rohru Sunda road Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects Palchan Bhang 0.5 Burua 1.5 Manali 7 km Kullu 57 km Burua 300 m 1 km Burua 0.5 km km km Palchan Bhang 0.7 Vashishat Manali 2 km Kullu 62 km 1 km Burua (300 1 km Burua 0.5 km km 0.6 km persons) 33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C Manikaran 500m 500 m Charor 1 km Charor 2.5 km Barsaini 2 km Pandoh Manikaran 500 m Bhuntar 11 km Bhuntar 7 km 2.5 km Barsaini Pandoh 2 km Manikaran 500 m Bhuntar 11km Charor 1 km Balarg 3 km Pandoh 1 km Manikaran 500 m Kullu 4 km (100 persons Tosh) Charor 500 m Kullu 60 km 5 km (70 persons Tosh) I km Charor Kullu 60 km 1 km Charor (1500 persons) Barsaini 2.5 Kullu 64 km 2.5 km Barsaini km (300 persons) Pandoh 1 km Manali 18 Jagar 1 km (250 km persons) 4 km Tosh 2 km Charor 1 km Charor 2.5 km Barsaini 500m Jagar Reserve Forest/Protected Areas/National Park/Sanctuary 175. Any subproject component is not passing by or located near the reserve forest or protected forest area, national park of sanctuary area.

64 Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures Environment Problems Associated with Project Location and Design 176. Potential adverse environment impacts associated with transmission lines have been avoided or minimised through careful route selection. The alignment is sited away from major settlements, whenever possible, to account for future urban expansion. Forests and vegetation areas have been avoided wherever possible; and flexible tower placement, tower design for placing conductor at height and selecting alignment that has hilltop-to-hilltop route shall be selected to minimise cutting of trees in the forest areas. Alignment in this project has avoided geologically unstable areas, which can also pose foundation related problems. Land acquisition is required for placing transmission towers on private land. However, any damage to the crops during the construction phase of the project will be compensated by HPPTCL as per its Policy. Associated impacts on agricultural land will be restricted to the construction phase and will be temporary in nature. After construction, agricultural land within the transmission corridors can be used again for farming purpose of crops less than 3 m in height Environmental Impacts Associated with Pre-Construction Stage Acquisition of Cultivable and Non cultivable lands 177. There may be some permanent loss of agricultural/horticultural productivity due to reduction in land availability due to acquisition of land for tower bases and substations which will have to be dealt with according to the Land Acquisition Act of the government. However, wherever only temporary loss of productivity happens, following measures will have to be taken prior to the project activities: Avoid harvesting season wherever possible for the project activities, Ensure existing irrigation facilities are maintained in working condition, Protect /preserve topsoil and reinstate after construction is completed, Repair /reinstate damaged bunds after construction is complete, and Compensation for temporary loss in agricultural production Impacts on Temporary Use of Land 178. The mobilisation of construction equipment and construction materials will require space for storage and parking of construction vehicles and equipment, construction material storage yards, disposal sites, and labour camps for human resource to avoid environmental impact and public inconvenience. These locations must comply with the local laws and regulations and need approval from authorities to utilise these facilities (access roads, telecommunication, and pipe borne water supply). It is important that selection of temporary lands is at least 500 m away, depending on practicability as per local site conditions from highly populated areas, water bodies, natural flow paths, agricultural lands, important ecological habitats and residential areas. Removal of trees and green cover vegetation should be minimised during preparation of facilities Environmental Problems Associated with Construction and Operation Stage 179. The project activities during construction phase will involve clearing of trees along the route alignment wherever required, excavation for installation of towers, erection of towers, civil works related to transmission line and line stringing. For substations, it will involve excavation for building and equipment foundations, civil works and erection of equipment. During the operation phase, most of the construction phase impacts will get stabilised and the impacts will be restricted only to the operation and maintenance of the project The impacts on the environment from various activities of the project can be categorised as follows: Impact on Physical Resources o Impact on Topography o Impact on Climate

65 62 Impact on Environmental Resources o Impact on Air Quality o Impact on Noise Levels o Impact on surface Water Quality o Impact on ground Water Quality o Impact on Soils and Geology Impact on Ecological Resources o Terrestrial Ecology o Wild Life o Aquatic Ecology Impact on Human Environment o Health and Safety o Agriculture o Socio-economics o Resettlement and Rehabilitation o Cultural sites o Traffic and Transport o Interference with other utilities and traffic Waste Disposal o Solid waste disposal o Liquid waste disposal The impacts of the project activities on various environmental attributes are discussed in subsequent sections Impact on Physical Resources Impact on Topography During the construction of the transmission line and substation, the topography will change due to excavation and erection of tower, fill and cut for levelling the tower erection place. The most prominent impact on the surface topography will be due to the removing of the trees at the tower erection site if required, and along the Right-of-Way (RoW). This will lead to change in the surface features only. The impact will be irreversible as the present features along the RoW will be changed due to presence of the transmission line. Table 57 provides the ROW for different voltages as per handbook of Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, Forest (Conservation) Rules, 2003 (with amendments made in 2004). Table 57: Transmission Voltage (kv) Width of Right of Way (in Meters) Transmission Voltage (kv) Width of Right of way (Meter) 11 kv 7 33 kv kv kv kv kv S/C* kv D/C* kv 85 * As amended as per F. No.*-44/2011-FC (Pt) circular dated 24 Jan No topographical changes are envisaged during the operation phase of the transmission line and the substation. The existing access routes will be utilised during the operation and maintenance of the transmission lines. Impact on Climate 183. The project area consists of both cultivated and uncultivated lands which grow predominantly single season crops during the monsoons. There will be no large scale removal of trees/cultivation and therefore there will be no impact on the climate conditions from the proposed project both during the construction and operation phases. Since the number of trees likely to be felled are minimum and the compensatory afforestation shall be done by the Forest Department in double the area for which the case for forest diversion will be submitted as per the policy/forest Conservation Act. Therefore, there will be minimal impact on forests carbon sinks in the project

66 63 area. Impact on aesthetics of landscape 184. The transmission lines and substations do not look aesthetic with the scenic landscape of the area as these cause visual pollution in tourist areas. Therefore HPPTCL has undertaken extensive route surveys to ensure that the transmission lines do not disturb the area and decrease it tourist attraction by using newer techniques such as using monopole structures instead of lattice structures for transmission Impact on Environmental Resources Impact on Air Quality 185. During the construction phase, the activity would involve excavation for the tower erection, movement of vehicles carrying the construction materials along the haul roads. At majority of tower locations, movement by vehicle is not possible from approach road to construction site and the material has to be head loaded. All these activities would give rise to emission of dust particles thereby affecting air quality marginally at the site. The impact will be transitory in nature and therefore is assessed as of low significance. Covering of stockpiles, minimising double handling and drop loads as well as sprinkling of water during excavation will reduce the dust emission to a great extent The construction of transmission line and the substation will not have any negative impact on the air quality of the region during the operation phase. Impact on Noise Levels 187. During the construction phase, the major sources of noise pollution are movement of vehicles carrying the construction material and equipment to the site. Most of the access roads along the alignment are motor able and project traffic would be negligible. The major work of the construction is expected to be carried out during the day time. Apart from vehicles bringing in materials to the nearest road, construction works for the transmission line will not require powered equipment. As such, noise emissions will be minor. As the predominant land use along most part of the alignment is agricultural/forest, there will be few residential areas exposed to noise generated during the construction phase and the noise produced during the construction period will have negligible impact on residents Following measures will help to keep noise and vibration in acceptable level during construction phase: Contractor shall preferably limit working time for activities that create noise within normal day hours of the public except for construction site near public sensitive receptors. Construction related activities closer to sensitive receptors have to be scheduled in coordination with the relevant authorities and community. Noisy equipment such as generators should be sited away from residential areas. Contractor and suppliers of construction materials should strictly implement noise control regulations stipulated by the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control Rules 2000) for all construction vehicles and equipment. At substation sites, contractor shall equip their heavy construction equipment and plants with exhaust silencers to limit the engine noise so as not to exceed 75 db (compacters/rollers, loaders and cranes) and regularly maintain all construction vehicles and machinery that should meet the CPCB s Noise Standards During the operation phase of the project, there will be corona noise from the conductors which will be felt only up to 15 to 30 m area, hence the ambient noise level meets the CPCB standard for residential areas (55 db(a) during daytime and 45 db(a) during night time ). Impact on Surface Water Quality 190. The construction and operation of the transmission lines will not have any major impact on the surface and ground water quality in the area. Contamination of water bodies may result due to

67 construction of access road to the substation site, spilling of construction materials and surface runoff from the construction site joining the water body. There may be increase in the turbidity levels temporarily where the proposed alignment is crossing a watercourse and if the surface runoff during construction meets the river. This can be avoided by careful selection of the tower site and the temporary access roads so that the surface runoff does not meet the river Proposed activities will create temporary impacts to the existing drainage system in the area including irrigation canals, natural flow paths and also earth and line drains. Thus incorporation of following measures will minimise anticipated impact due to obstruction of natural flow paths and existing drainage: Provisions of temporary drainage facilities and routing ponds to the particular locations if existing drains are obstructed due to construction activities. Maintenance of all drainage paths by avoiding blockages at all times. Contractor should minimise excavation of beds of any streams, irrigation systems, and other water resources available in the project area. Stagnant water should be cleared by the contractor Care shall be taken to locate the temporary construction worker sheds away from the water bodies. Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary sheds of construction workers should be provided to avoid the surface water pollution. Provision of adequate washing and toilet facilities should be made obligatory. This should from an integral component in the planning stage before commencement of construction activity by the contractor. Operation of transmission lines will not cause any release to the surface water bodies. Impact on Hydrology and Water Resources 193. Water needs during construction of the Project would be limited to sanitary water and minimal amounts of water for construction (such as spraying for dust prevention). There would be a negligible impact on water resources. Operation of the lines would neither require any water nor pollute the water resources. Impact on Ground Water Quality 194. Ground water pollution can take place, if chemical substances and oily waste get leached by precipitation of water and percolate to the ground water table. For transmission line construction activity, no chemical substance or oil is used hence there is no impact on ground water quality. The silt discharge from the earth work around water bodies, oil, grease and fuel release from the construction vehicles/equipment and spoil from construction and other construction related activities such as raw sewerage from worker accommodation sites may mix with runoff water. This situation will accentuate during the rainy season and could have a significant impact on surface and ground water. Thus following measures will be required in order to prevent deterioration of water quality from the construction and construction related activities: All construction vehicles and equipment should be maintained in proper conditions without any leakages, Contractors shall use silt traps and erosion control measures where the construction is carried out in close proximity to the water bodies to avoid entering of cement particles, rock, rubbles and waste water to the surrounding water bodies, Construction activities requiring digging should be preferably done in the dry season, and Waste oil should be collected properly and disposed to the approved recyclers. Impact on Soil and Geology 195. Project activities including excavation, cut and fill operations, removal of trees and green cover vegetation will enhance the soil erosion during the rainy season. Removal of trees and green cover vegetation will reduce infiltration rate of rainwater. The impact on soils will be due to the soil erosion at the tower construction sites along the access routes. The excavation activity and land clearance in the erosion prone areas have to be minimised while conducting the site selection for towers. Revetment and stabilisation of tower construction sites will be done after completion of construction activity. Also increased acceleration of surface runoff will damage the topsoil. The impacts associated with excessive erosion and other civil works can be avoided or minimised by 64

68 following mitigation measures: Maximum effort should be taken to minimise removal of trees and green cover vegetation. Minimise obstruction or destruction to natural drainage pattern of the surrounding area. Proper treatment of clearing and filling areas against flow acceleration. Turfing work should be taken prior to rainy season around the substation. Contractors shall follow proper muck disposal plan for cut and fill operation around sharp/deep slope areas. Piling activities will preferably be done in non-rainy season, as the piled materials will spread all over the area and contaminate close by water bodies. Top soil (2-3 cm from the top of the soil), which are removed during construction from the cultivated lands must be stored separately for future utilisation of cultivated lands near tower leg locations Impact on Ecological Resources 196. Since substation is constructed in vacant government/private land and transmission line is routed from the unhabitated areas, there is no displacement of people or animals. It will away also not cause any disturbance to the life of people and local animals and birds movement. In transmission line construction, there is no dynamic equipment and moving machinery causing noise pollution, water and air pollution. There is no national wildlife park, wildlife sanctuary, bird sanctuary, wetland in the route alignment of the proposed transmission line. The ecological impacts are briefly described in the following sections. Effect on Flora and Fauna 197. Some forest and fruit trees will need to be removed from the project area for the RoW after getting prior permission from competent authorities of Forest Department (GoHP) and if required MoEF/GoI (ROW as per Table 57). None of the declared environmentally sensitive areas is located within the route alignment. As per forest department records, none of the flora and fauna that are rare, endangered, endemic or threatened will be affected. Migratory paths of small mammals and reptiles may be affected due to construction activities. The route alignments and site selection have been done only after consulting the local forest authorities ensuring that route alignments do not interfere with known paths of migration of wildlife However noise, vibration and emission from construction vehicles, equipment will occur during construction and pre-construction stages in temporary manner. The impacts related to above activities are temporary and can be mitigated through following measures 10 : Strict attention on worker force regarding disturbance to surrounding habitats, flora and fauna including hunting of animals and fishing in water bodies, Selection of approved locations for material storage yards and labour camps away from the environmental sensitive areas, and Prevent entering of construction waste (cement particles, rock, rubbles and waste water) and sanitary waste to the surrounding water bodies. Impact on Terrestrial Ecology 199. There is no sensitive ecological area / protected forest area such as national wildlife park, wildlife sanctuary, bird sanctuary crossing the proposed route alignment. The removal of herbaceous vegetation from the soil and loosening of the top soil generally causes soil erosion. However, such impacts would be primarily confined to the project site during initial periods of the construction phase and would be minimised through adoption of mitigation measures like paving and surface treatment and water sprinkling. Removal of Trees 200. The project may require some fruit/non-fruit trees to be removed during the construction activities. Table 58 gives the list of trees to be felled for Tranche 2 subprojects. The initial The compliance to the above shall be resonsibility on the contractor as per contract provisions. Any violations reported by the public shall be dealt as per provisions of the law.

69 construction works along the alignment involving land clearance, cutting, filling, and levelling that may cause loss of vegetation. This will be an irreversible impact. Care has been taken to avoid the thick plantations/vegetation as far as possible and tower locations are selected mostly in plain cultivable fields where the vegetation is thin. This will minimise the tree loss. Compensation will be paid to tree owners in the private areas as per GoHP rules. Where the clearing of fields and forest area is unavoidable along the route alignment, the compensatory afforestation will be required for forest areas for which clearance will be obtained from the appropriate authority of the forest department; and for fruit and non-fruit trees in the fields, the amount for compensation for fields will be paid directly to the farmers. Sub- Project Table 58: Total Number of Trees to be felled for Tranche 2 subprojects Details Private Land Forest Land Total number of fruit trees to be felled Total number of Non fruit trees to be felled Total number of forest trees to be felled Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects COMPONENT I. S1 66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni 0 5 Nil T1 66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni 20 Nil 164 switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2 33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal 20 1 Nil T2 220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. S3 33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal T3 132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal TBD TBD TBD to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation S4 33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) T4 132 kv D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to TBD TBD TBD LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti 3 Nil 4 T5 220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to kv switching station Hatkoti S6 132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda 60 Nil Nil COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan 30 Nil 3 T6 33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to /220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP T7 132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor T8 220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL S8 132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor S9 33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini Nil S10 33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Nil Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line TBD- To be determined during survey, which is ongoing. For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads, details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award. 66 Effect on Local Road Network 201. Transformers, tower material, substation equipment, iron bars, concrete materials, piling equipment, will be transported through the provincial and local road network to the project site. Transporting of large quantities of materials using heavy vehicles could exceed the carrying capacity of the road. This would lead to physical damages to local road network. Thus, it will be necessary to obtain consent from Public Works Department (PWD) or National Highway Authority to use local/national highway roads prior to transportation. Also, contractor should properly maintain all road sections, which will be utilised for the construction related activities The access road to the substation land from the nearest road head will be constructed. For transmission line, no road is likely to be constructed and exisiting village roads, footpaths have to be used as no movement of mechanised machinery will be done. The tower line material will be transported upto the nearest road head and thereby taken to tower site manually. The local community cannot encroach along the transmission line routes, as encroachment of any forestland is punishable by law.

70 Disposal of Debris 203. As a result of construction related activities, spoil and debris will be generated during the construction stage. Improper disposal of the debris will have an impact on the surrounding ecology, public health and scenic beauty. Following measures will minimise the impacts associated with disposal of debris: Spoil materials (soil, sand, rock) generated from construction activities shall be used wherever possible for site levelling and back-filling. Dismantled and demolished structural materials, if any, should not be dumped in agricultural lands. Preparation of a Muck Disposal Management Plan, if required, for the sub-project and selection of the disposal site by excluding locations, which are closer to residential, commercial and public sensitive areas, is necessary by the contractor. Prior approval should be obtained for such dumping grounds / land fill sites from relevant local authorities. Dumped materials will interfere with the drainage pattern of the area, any water bodies, agricultural lands, marshlands and down slope or any environmental sensitive areas if not planned properly. The material has to be dumped at sites marked by the concerned authorities such as Forest, Roads, or Panchayats (local community) by the contractor as per contract provisions During operation phase, corridor along the alignment will be chopped of vegetation and lopping of trees will be done for maintenance purpose. This will also reduce the chances of fires due to electric sparks. Wild Life 205. The primary project area - route alignments and site selection have been done in consultation with the forest authorities ensuring that route alignments do not interfere with known paths of migration of wildlife. There will be no impact on any secondary area as the route alignments are planned that they cross only un-habitated areas both human and wildlife area. The forest diversion case prepared for each transmission line is cleared by Forest Department, GoHP followed by several levels of MoEF, GOI as required under Forest Conservation Act The subproject within four PIUs are located at least a minimum of 5-10 km aerial distance away from any wildlife sanctuary and national parks listed in Annexure 10. The transmission lines are also traversing at a sufficient distance from any reserved forest area and will not negatively impact the flora and fauna of the area. Impact on Aquatic Ecology 207. The proposed transmission lines would cross over the rivers and small streams which are usually perennial in nature. No significant impacts on aquatic ecology of the river are envisaged, as there will be careful selection of the construction time and tower sites near the river, to avoid river pollution and disturbance to the aquatic fauna of the area during the monsoon period Impact on Human Environment Health and Safety 208. Health and safety impacts will be in terms of risk of accidents and exposure to electromagnetic fields along the alignment. The accidents may be caused due to electrocution, lightening, fires and explosions. To avoid this, the houses will be allowed within the RoW of the project, only if the stipulated safety clearance is met with. Necessary training regarding safety aspects to the personnel working at the transmission line will be provided by the contractor. Personal protective equipment like safety gloves, helmet, mufflers etc will be provided during construction period and during the maintenance work. First aid facilities will be made available with the labour gangs and doctors called in from nearby towns when necessary Project activities may create accidental damage to general public and the construction workers. Therefore, contractors should take necessary action to enhance personal safety during construction through following measures: Organise awareness programs relevant to personal safety of the workers and general public in 67

71 the area. Installation of warning signs to particular locations such as transverse points of local road network by transmission lines. Provide protective safety belts, footwear, helmets, goggles, eye-shields and clothes to workers depending on their duty. Arrangement of proper first aid unit and transport facilities to take injured people to the hospitals. Workers should be covered by the statutory Workmen Compensation as per GoI laws by the contractor. Agriculture 210. Permanent and temporary loss of agricultural land occurs due to tower location in the agricultural field and loss of crop for access routes. As per standard HP policy, land will be acquired for each tower erection, besides private land required for substations. As far as possible, the prime agricultural land will be avoided and the construction will be done after crop harvesting. HPPTCL has formulated a comprehensive Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation (RRRC) Policy to address the issue. Socio-Economics 211. Construction of transmission line will generate local employment, as number of unskilled labours (men/women) will be required at the time of construction activities. Local employment during this period will increase socio-economic standards of the residents of the project area. Temporary Outage of the Electricity 212. Temporary disconnection of power supply will occur during the construction activities. Thus, general public and the commercial/industrial places, which are located in project-affected area, will face inconvenience for short periods of time. Thus following measures will have to be taken: Advance notice to the public about the time and the duration of the utility disruption, and Restore the utilities immediately to overcome public inconvenience. Resettlement and Rehabilitation 213. For the construction of transmission line and seven substations, purchase of private land is required. The detail of resettlement and rehabilitation involved in the project are given in Resettlement Planning document prepared separately for Tranche 2. Cultural sites 214. There are no important archaeological, historical or cultural sites along the route alignment, hence no impact on these sites is envisaged. In the case of discovery of archaeological features during excavation/construction works, GoI s regulations shall apply and will be observed by contractors. Traffic and Transport 215. During the construction phase, traffic disturbance needs to be minimised by avoiding highdensity areas, using proper traffic signs, ensuring proper access roads and avoiding road blockage. Interference with Other Utilities and Traffic 216. A standing committee - Power Telecom Co-ordination Committee (P.T.C.C.) has been constituted by Government of India to plan and implement the mitigating measures for the induced voltage, which may occur nearby telecom circuits and suggest necessary protection measures to be adopted. The committee suggests measures like rerouting of the telecom circuits, conversion of overhead telecom circuits into cables etc. to minimize the interference. It is mandatory for HPPTCL to seek clearance prior to construction from telecom authorities and wherever necessary from aviation authorities that are likely to be affected by the construction of transmission lines. The exact cost to mitigate the impacts of induction in neighbouring telecom circuits would vary from case to case. In general, the system is planned and executed in such a way that adequate 68

72 clearance is maintained between transmission lines on the one hand, and railways, civil aviation and defence installations on the other. Wherever the transmission lines passes near the airport, the towers beyond specified height are painted in alternate orange and white stripes for easy visibility and warning lights are placed on the top of these towers Waste Disposal Solid Waste Disposal 217. The solid waste generation at the location of the tower erection site will mostly include metal scraps and wooden packing material. Waste will be minimised and recycled wherever possible. Final waste will be collected and disposed off in compliance with applicable GoI/GoHP regulations and rules by the contractor. Sanitary Waste Disposal at Construction Sites and Labour Camps 218. The labour camps at the site of tower erection will be temporary in nature and the human excreta will not be significant to cause contamination of ground water. Those places where most labour will be staying will be near hamlets which shall use the community services for solid waste, water and sanitation. Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary sheds of the construction workers should be provided to avoid the surface water pollution. This should form an integral component in the planning stage before commencement of construction activity There should be proper solid waste disposal procedure to enhance sanitation of workers who stay in camps. Thus, possibilities of infecting water borne diseases or vector borne diseases (parasitic infections) will be eliminated by adopting proper solid waste disposal procedure. Unacceptable solid waste disposal practices such as open dumping of solid waste and poor sanitation facilities will lead to pollution of surrounding environment, contamination of water bodies and increase adverse impact to the aquatic; terrestrial lives and general public inhabited in the area. Surroundings of labour camps, garbage disposal sites and material storage yards provide favourable habitats for vectors of diseases such as mosquitoes, rats and flies Thus following measures are needed to protect and enhance the quality of environment during the construction stage: A better way to overcome garbage disposal as mentioned above is by reducing or avoiding the construction of labour camps, thus the selection of majority of skilled and unskilled workers from the project influence area will be a proper measure in this regard. Provision of the solid waste disposal, sanitation and sewage facilities at all substation sites for the construction/labour camps to avoid or minimise health hazards and environmental pollution. Contractor should handle and manage waste generated from the construction/labour camps without contamination to natural environment and it will reduce risk to general public who stay close to sites. Also contractor should be responsible to enhance the quality of environment. Adequate supply of water should be provided to the urinals, toilets and wash rooms of the workers accommodation at substation sites. Contractor should provide garbage bins to all workers accommodation and construction sites, for dumping wastes regularly in a hygienic manner with the help of Public Health Inspector (PHI) in the area. Liquid Waste Disposal 221. There will be no oil or chemical waste generated during the construction of transmission line, hence no mitigation is required. For subtations, the transformer oil is the main constitutent of the liquid stored. The transformer oil shall be stored as per IS -1866/ and IEC-60422/ codes- and any waste oil shall disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling, Transboundary Movement) Rules 2009 and any waste oil removed from transformer will be sold to Code of Practice for Electrical Maintenance and supervision of Mineral Insulating oil in Equipment 12 Supervision and maintenance guide for mineral insulating oils in electrical equipment

73 government approved recycler and will not be disposed off in the ground or any rivulet/stream as per EMP Environmental Impacts Associated with Operations and Maintenance Stage Electric Shock 222. This may lead to death or injury to the workers and public in the area. This can be minimised or avoided by: Security fences around substation. Establishment of warning signs. Careful design using appropriate technologies to minimise hazards. Noise Generation 223. During the operation phase of the project, there may be corona noise from the conductors which will be felt only up to 15 to 30 m area, hence the ambient noise level will meet the CPCB standard for residential areas (55 db(a) during daytime and 45 db(a) during night time. Maintenance of Transmission line and Substation 224. Possible exposure to electromagnetic interference could occur during these activities. Design of transmission line should comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference from overhead power lines. Oil Spillage 225. Contamination of water on land/nearby water bodies by the transformer oil can occur during operation due to leakage or accident. Substation transformers are normally located within secure and impervious areas with a storage capacity of 100% spare oil. Also proper drainage facilities will be constructed during the construction stage to avoid overflow or contamination with natural flow paths especially during the rainy season. HPPTCL will maintain account of the usage of oil, using technical methods and procedures for oil monitoring mechanism, and will have mitigation plan for any oil spillage. Sulphur Hexa fluoride (SF 6 ) Leakage 226. SF 6 is a non-toxic greenhouse gas used as a dielectric in circuit breakers, switch gear, and other electrical equipment. Very high grade sealing system and erection methodology is followed to keep the loss of SF 6 within 0.1% every year. SF 6 handling is part of each contract technical specifications, and required design and routine test are done after manufacturing of the circuit breaker and gas insulated switchgear. SF 6 gas handling system for evacuation and storage is always used for the maintenance of the circuit breaker and gas insultated switchgear. SF 6 gas leakage records will be maintained in each substation. This allows tracking of any release of SF 6 gas to the atmosphere. 4.4 Environmental Management Plan 227. Based on the environmental assessment of the project activities, an Environment Management Plan (EMP) has been developed for the project to mitigate any adverse environmental impacts. The EMP discusses anticipated impacts and mitigation measures and monitoring requirements and responsible authorities to implement the EMP with respect to the following stages: (i) pre-construction, (ii) construction, and (iii) operation and maintenance. Detailed, site-specific mitigation measures and monitoring plans were developed and will be implemented during the project implementation phase The EMP for the project is attached as Annexure 5, which identifies feasible and costeffective measures to be taken to reduce potential significant, adverse, impacts to acceptable levels. Here, proper mitigation measures are proposed for each potential impact, including details on responsible parties for implementation of mitigation measures and supervision. A summary environmental impact matrix and the mitigation measures are given in Table

74 71 Sl. Nº Environmental attribute Potential impacts A. Physical Resources 1. Topography Change in the surface features and present aesthetics due to the construction of the project. 2. Climate No impact on the climatic conditions Monitoring of SF 6 gas from Electrical Substations B. Environmental Resources 1. Air Quality Project will have marginal impact on air quality during the construction period due to increase in the dust emission. 2. Noise Noise due to general construction activities. 3. Surface and Ground Water quality Noise arising from corona noise from conductors Runoff from the construction site Domestic wastewater from construction sites 4. Soils and Geology Soil erosion due to tower erection and clearing of vegetation in the RoW and access roads. C. Ecological Resources Damage due to seismic activity Nature of impact Direct/Local/ irreversible Direct/Local/ irreversible Direct/Local/ irreversible Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/regional/ reversible Table 59: Environmental Impact Matrix Magnitude of impacts Mitigation measures Implementation and Low Medium High Monitoring X The surface soil will be restored to normal slope after tower erection. If there is any excess soil, it shall be disposed off at suitable location. Any loss of vegetation will be attended by HPPTCL as per existing GoHP norms Within the substation, the excess soil will be disposed off in consultation as per EMP. The compensatory afforestation of equivalent area of forestland in RoW will be undertaken by the Forest Department to compensate for the loss on HPPTCL expenses to minimise the impact of loss of vegetation as per existing norms under the Forest (Conservation) Act X No impact on the climatic conditions, hence no mitigation is required X Proper record of all SF 6 leakages in substations kept for record X Water sprinkling at construction site, limited bare soils, maintenance of vehicles. During construction activity During construction and operation During construction activity X Restriction of noise generating activities at night and use of personal protective equipment like ear plugs, mufflers. During construction activity X Monitoring of possible corona noise to identify and During operational phase correct problems. X Careful sitting of towers, and access roads. Before and during construction activity X For transmission line, domestic wastewater treatment may be done by digging small ditches for waste water and then covering it with top soil once the construction team moves to next location. For substation site, the contractor shall provide soak pits for construction workers at the site. X Avoiding sites, which are prone to soil erosion. Levelling of tower construction sites. Use of few access roads. Rehabilitation and stabilisation of disturbed land at the substations. X Site selection and proper tower foundation design considering the geological conditions and seismicity of the area. During construction and operation During and after the construction activity Before the construction activity.

75 Sl. Nº Environmental attribute 1. Terrestrial Ecology Potential impacts Loss of vegetation 2. Terrestrial Fauna Disturbance to the local fauna during construction Avifauna Disturbance to the local fauna during operation Nature of impact Direct/Local/ irreversible Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/Local/ reversible 3. Aquatic Ecology No significant impacts envisaged Direct/Local/ reversible D. Human Environment 1 Health and Safety Fires, explosion and other accidents at the route alignment of transmission line. Exposure to electromagnetic fields 2. Agriculture Permanent and temporary loss of agriculture land due to tower erection and due to access routes. 3. Socio-economics Beneficial impacts job opportunities during construction phase 4. Resettlement Resettlement of any house falling along the RoW. 5. Cultural sites No archaeological, historical or cultural important sites are affected by the construction of the lines. 6. Traffic and Transportation 7. Solid Waste Generation Traffic congestion due to movement of construction vehicles Probability of Surface and ground water pollution Magnitude of impacts Mitigation measures Implementation and Low Medium High Monitoring X Location of towers on non-cultivable land area. Before the construction Selection of few access roads. Compensation for phase crop and trees to villagers. The tree planting for forest land diverted to non-forest and trees felled will be done by the forest department and paid by HPPTCL X Wildlife routes and their habitats have been avoided as far as possible during the route selection. Minimise encroachments, and indirect impacts. X Monitoring of transmission line especially for bird strikes during the operation and use of deflectors if required. X Disposal of construction waste and other waste to avoid polluting the river and streams Direct/Local X Use of personal protective equipment during construction. By lopping and chopping of trees fire hazards will be minimised during maintenance period. Regular inspection of lines for faults prone to accidents. Direct/Local/ continuous Direct/Local/ reversible X Alignment route away from the settlement. No houses in the immediate vicinity will be allowed in the RoW of the alignment. No further mitigation required. X Avoid prime agriculture land. Assessment of land required and compensation. Construction activity after crop harvesting and selection of few access routes. Direct/regional X Unskilled labour and indirect benefits. Overall economic growth of the region. Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/Local/ reversible Direct/Local/ reversible indirect/local/ reversible X Route alignment is selected in such a way that there is no resettlement issue. X No archaeological, historical or cultural important sites are affected. X Proper traffic signs at the construction site, ensuring availability and maintenance of proper access roads X Minimisation, reuse and recycle whenever possible. Final wastes to be collected and disposed off in compliance with applicable regulations and rules. 72 Before and during construction phase During operation phase Before and during construction phase During construction and operation phase Before and after the construction phase. Before and during construction phase. During operational phase Before the construction phase. -- During construction phase During operation phase

76 5.0 INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 5.1 Institutional arrangements 229. HPPTCL is state power transmission utility (STU) licensed to operate in the state of Himachal Pradesh. HPPTCL is both the Executing Agency (EA) and Implementation Agency (IA) for the project. The Project Management Unit (PMU) at corporate level is headed by Senior Project Manager (Planning) who will be assisted by corresponding personnel from various functions Administration and Finance, Projects Planning and Design, Procurement and contracts, Environment Cell and Projects Construction. Project Implementation Units (PIUs) at divisional level of the project construction unit are headed by Executive Engineers at four locations Rohru, Chamba, Bhabanagar and Sarabhai (Kullu). PMU structure is shown in Figure The Environment and Social cell (ESC) at the corporate level monitors the policy and implementation related environmental impacts of all projects of HPPTCL. The Environmental Officer in the ESC assists PIUs in all environmental aspects of the projects in compliance with HPPTCL s Environment and Social Safeguards Policy, May The Environmental Officer (HPPTCL has designated one Chief Environment & RR Specialist) is assisted by two loan funded Environment and Social consultants. This cell is also responsible for the implementation of Environmental Management Plan for all the subprojects funded by ADB. As per ADB s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009, PMU and ESC are required to conduct regular monitoring of environmental compliance of each subproject funded by ADB to ensure compliance with project covenants The implementation of the EMP during the construction phase is the responsibility of the contractor. The PMU is responsible for ensuring all measures suggested in the EMP are included in the design and bid documents. The PIU in participation with the ESC are also responsible for monitoring and enforcement of the EMP during construction The duties of the Environmental and Social Cell at corporate level are to: Monitor the implementation of mitigation measures during construction and operation phases of the project. Prepare suitable environmental management reports for various sites. Advise and coordinate field units activity towards effective environment management. Liaise with the Ministry of Power, CEA, MoEF. GoHP and state agencies such as HPPCL, HPPCB, HP Forest Department and seek their help to solve the environment related issues of the project implementation. Advice to project planning/design cells on environmental and social issues while route selection of the alignment at the planning/design stage to avoid negative environmental impacts. Similarly advise for inclusion of environment and social safeguard provisions in contract documents. Advise PIU on training and awareness raising for environmental and social issues to the project/contract staff The duties of the Environmental and Social Cell at site level are to: Implement the environment policy guidelines and environmental good practices at the sites. Advise and coordinate the contractor(s) activity towards effective environment management. Liaise with the local officers of forest department, HPPCB and seek help of their officers in resolving environment monitoring related issues, wherever applicable. Carry out environmental and social survey to avoid negative environmental impact. Make the contractor staff aware of environmental and social issues so that EMP could be managed effectively. Prepare periodic environment management and compliance reports The PMU is responsible for processing and implementing all subproject(s). Subprojects are monitored by qualified technical staff/experts (e.g. design and technical reports, feasibility studies, environmental and/or social assessments, and associated EMP s and budgets), who also ensure 73

77 and monitor compliance with ADB and Government safeguard requirements. Summary appraisal reports will be submitted by PMU to the ADB subsequent to obtaining the HPPTCL s approval and clearance(s) from the GoHP. Figure 28: PMU Structure Monitoring of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 235. The mitigation measures suggested require monitoring of environmental parameters - both during construction and operational phases of the project. The monitoring of the environmental aspects shall be ensured by the Environment and Social Cell of HPPTCL. During the construction phase, the contractor should ensure that activities like handling of earth works, disposal of debris, storage of materials, labour camps, putting proper traffic signals is done properly to have minimum impact. This in turn should be monitored by the Project Manager of the individual transmission line/substation subproject. The PIU will supervise the contractor. Other environmental good practices include sanitary waste management, noise abatement, maintaining hygienic conditions, maintenance of fire and safety equipment The Environmental and Social Cell will ensure that site engineers and contractors adhere and comply with all measures and procedures identified in the EMP. Activities to be monitored include: all planning, coordination and management activities related to the implementation of safeguard issues; the identification of corrective and preventive actions; records of health and safety matters and training activities; consultations with project affected people (as and when needed, particularly during the implementation); feedback, trouble shooting and project related grievances; preparation of progress and monitoring reports as required by the ADB; and verifying the projects overall compliance with safeguard measures and its progress towards achieving the intended loan outcomes. Environmental Parameters to be Monitored 237. To ensure that project would not generate negative impacts to the overall environment quality, monitoring of environmental parameter has to be performed by HPPTCL/Contractor as per contract provisions. The monitoring activities of the project include site supervision, verification of permits, monitoring of water quality, soil, noise and air. Monitoring of the quality of water, soil, air and noise during the construction stage is the responsibility of the contractor by the approved government agency. The measurement of environmental parameters and its periodicity for the Project is summarised in Annexure 6. Reporting

78 238. Mitigation measures related to construction as specified in the EMP will be incorporated into civil works contracts, and their implementation will be primarily the responsibility of the contractors. In addition, contractors will be required to submit monthly progress reports on the implementation of EMP measures to PIU/PMU. The PMU and the HPPTCL will report to the ADB on progress achieved against the EMP activities and milestones on a half-yearly basis. Progress reports will include a description of implementable activities and their status; identify the responsible parties involved in their implementation; and provide project management schedules and timeframes for doing so, along with their associated costs The Environment and Social Cell after interaction with Project managers of PIUs will prepare and submit performance monitoring reports to the ADB twice in a year. This report will include the results of environmental monitoring to demonstrate that sound environmental management practices are applied, and the set environments targets are achieved. The environmental monitoring report will be submitted by the PIU to the PMU, which will include the result of environmental monitoring into its environmental report In case the implementation of EMP measures is not satisfactory, HPPTCL may engage external qualified experts to verify monitoring reports and assess the significant impacts and risks. These external monitoring experts will recommend actions for HPPTCL to enhance environmental compliance. ADB will continue to monitor project compliance with ADB safeguard plans and requirements on an on-going basis throughout the duration of the contract Environmental Management Plan Budget Costs 241. The compliance with the EMP has been prepared based upon optimum and reasonable costs that are derived upon minimisation of mitigation measures on a least-cost basis. Without such expenditures, the project might generate significant environmental impacts, causing the biophysical environment in the area to deteriorate and indirectly depressing the economies of local communities. The main benefits of the mitigation plan are (i) ensuring that environmental standards are met during design, construction, and operation of the project; (ii) providing offsets to negate project impacts especially ecological impacts From the total project cost of USD 155 million (including IDC and contingencies), USD 2.04 million has been included as the Environmental Mitigation and Social issues (which includes EMP costs) as shown in Table 60. The compliance costs for minimisation of mitigation measures for the EMP has been arrived based on optimum and least-cost basis. Typically, the EMP costs will include: i. compensation for private land and fruit/non-fruit trees for proposed ROW, ii. compensation for crops in ROW and tower sites, iii. PTCC cost, iv. cost of compensatory afforestation, v. Net Present Value (NPV) of forest land, vi. cost for implementation of environmental mitigation measures, and vii. costs towards monitoring costs, independent audit costs for the project.

79 76 Table 60: Summary of Estimated Costs including for Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMP) Implementation (in million USD) S1 T1 S2 T2 S3 T3 S4 & T4 S5 T5 S6 S7 T6 T7 T8 S8 S9 S10 Total (Rs Million) Civil works Erection Total Supply of Equipment Land for substations and towers Environment & Social # Project management & supervision Contingencies physical price Total IDC Commitment charges Front End Fee TOTAL Cost without contingencies Source: DPR reports from HPPTCL # Consists of all EMP, Environmental Monitoring, Social and R&R, Compensation costs LEGEND: COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S1 66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni S5 220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti T1 66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation T5 220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti S6 132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S2 33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal S7 33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan T2 220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. T6 33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP S3 33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal T7 132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor T3 132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation T8 220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL S4 33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) S8 132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor T4 132 kv D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C S9 33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini transmission line S10 33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line

80 Critical Environmental Review Criteria (i) Loss of irreplaceable resources 243. The transmission projects would involve large-scale excavation and land is lost to the extent of area covered under each tower foundation. Rest of the area under the tower continues to be under use by the landowner. Forest cover felled in the Right-of-Way (RoW) is allowed to regenerate with dwarf species or non-timber forest product (NTFP) after construction work is over. The compensatory afforestation to the extent of twice the area of forestland used would be undertaken as per MoEF regulations. The EMP includes compensation for the loss by minimising the impact of loss of vegetation as per existing rules of GoHP and MoEF. Thus, there will be no net Biodiversity Loss due to project implementation due to felling of trees. (ii) Accelerated use of resources for short-term gains 244. The project will not use any natural resources occurring in the area that is used by local communities during construction, operation, and maintenance phases. The construction material such as tower parts, cement shall come from factories while the excavated soil shall be used for backfilling and revetment to restore the surface. Thus, the project shall not cause any accelerated use of resources for short-term gains. (iii) Endangering of species 245. No endangered species of flora and fauna have been reported in IUCN Red List are found/reported in the project area as well as in the affected forest thus there seems to be no possibility of endangering/causing extinction of any species. (iv) Promoting undesirable rural-to urban migration 246. The project will not cause any submergence or loss of land holdings that normally trigger involuntary migration. It also does not involve acquisition to the extent of any person becoming landless. Hence, there is no possibility of causing of rural to urban migration. (v) Increase in affluent/poor income gap 247. The project will increase availability and reliability of power in state. It is well known that power is a key input to the economic development of any area. Past experience indicates that economic development leads to generation of more jobs which in turn should raise the living standards of poor. Thus, the project is expected to contribute in reduction of affluent/poor income gap by providing opportunities for employment and rural based economic activities. 5.5 Associated Facilities 248. There are several hydropower projects (HEPs) that will connect to these lines and substations in future. Besides eight HEPs (range of 3-10 MW) which are already commissioned, and 5 more to be commission by year-end, mostly all other projects are in their design stages and have not yet started construction Before these generation projects start their operations, they will approach HPPTCL for grant of connectivity for power evacuation the application as prescribed by HPERC is attached in Annexure 11 ( Procedure for Making Application for Grant of Connectivity in Intra-State Transmission System (IaSTS) as well as pasted on the HPPTCL website. According to this, HPPTCL has made it mandatory to all HEPs to provide information to ensure that their facilities comply with GoI and GoHP rules for environmental and social clearances before they connect to the HPPTCL transmission system. To date, one HEP has already submitted the application that contains the requisite information, which HPPTCL will maintain in its record for monitoring purposes Table 61 provides list of HEPs that have been commissioned to date as well as their expected commissioning dates.

81 SNo Name of Transmission Project 1 S7-33 kv switching station at Palchan T6-33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP 2 S1-66 kv switching station at Urni T1 66 kv D/C transmission line from 66 kv switching station at Urni to Wangtoo substation 3 S2-33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA P.S at Lahal T2-220 kv transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation up to 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP 4 S4/T4-33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) with LILO of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line 5 S5-220 kv switching substation at Hatkoti 6 T5-220 kv D/C transmission line from Sunda to Hatkoti (24 km) 7 S6-132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA pooling substation at Sunda 8 S10-33/132 kv sub - station at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura- Kangoo D/C transmission line 9 S3-33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA substation Banjal T3-132 kv S/C transmission line on D/C towers from Banjal to Kurthala 10 T8-220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala sub - station of PGCIL 11 S9-33/132 kv substation at Barsaini 12 T7-132 kv Barsaini- Charor D/C transmission line 13 S8-132/220 kv substation at Charor Table 61: List of HEPs connecting to Tranche 2 subprojects Final power evacuation point Nalagarh 220/400 kv substation of PGCIL and further to Hissar (Haryana) through 33/220 kv substation being installed in the 220 kv yard of Allain Dhuangan HEP. Abdullapur (Haryana) via PGCIL Sherpa Colony 66/220/400 kv substation Jalandhar via PGCIL 400/ kv transmission line from Chamera PS 220/400 kv Hamirpur substation (PGCIL) through Dehra Hamirpur 132 kv D/C transmission line and 132/220 kv Hamirpur substation Hamirpur (HPSEBL) Abdullapur (Haryana) via 400KV PGCIL lines Abdullapur (Haryana) through PGCIL LILO at Gumma substation Abdullapur (Haryana) through PGCIL LILO at Gumma substation 220 kv Panchkulla substation of Haryana through Kunihar 132/220 kv substation 400 kv PGCIL station Jalandhar through LILO of 132 kv Kurthala- Bathri transmission line at 132/220 kv Mazra substation, 220 kv Mazra- Karian 220 kv substation (HPPTCL) transmission line, 220 kv Karian- 400/220 kv Chamera PS (PGCIL) transmission line and 400 kv Chamera station- Jalandhar line (PGCIL) 400 kv PGCIL substation at Amritsar through 400/220 kv Banala (PGCIL) P.S- Amritsar 400 kv D/C line (PGCIL) 132/220 kv Charor substation, 220 kv Charor- Banala D/C transmission line and 400 kv PGCIL station at Amritsar through 400/220 kv Banala (PGCIL) P.S- Amritsar 400 kv D/C transmission line (PGCIL) Transmission lines 33 kv D/C line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP 66 kv D/C transmission line from 66 kv switching station at Urni to Wangtoo substation 220 kv transmission line up to 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP LILO of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line 220 kv Sawra Kuddu to Hatkoti, 220 kv Sunda to Hatkoti and 220 kv Hatkoti to Gumma transmission line Meeting Hatkoti Gumma 220 kv transmission line at Hatkoti switching station 220 kv D/C (Twin MOOSE) transmission line from Sunda to Hatkoti LILO of One circuit of 132 kv Bajaura- Kangoo D/C transmission line 132 kv S/C transmission line on D/C towers from Banjal to Kurthala 220 kv (Twin MOOSE) Charor-Banala transmission line 132 kv Barsaini- Charor D/C transmission line 78 Projects to be evacuated (MW and Year of Commissioning) Marhi 5.0 MW (2012), Beas 2.25 MW (2012), Solang 1.5 MW (2012), Thirot 4.5 MW (2012), Kothi 0.2 MW (2012) Kothi-II 1.5 MW (2017), Beas Kund 9.0 MW (2012), Palchan Bhang 9.0 MW (2015), Bhang 9.0 MW (2015), Halindi 1.6 MW (2017), Serai 2.0 MW (2016), Shanag 1.0 MW (2016), Shanag top 1.0 MW (2017), Beaskund top 4.0 MW (2016), Khanora 2.0 MW (2017), Khanor Syander 2.0 MW (2017), and Rallah 1.5 MW (2017) Rukti-II 5 MW (2012) Raura-II 20 MW (2015), Raura 8 MW (2014), Shaung 3 MW(2013), Brua 9 MW(2014) Holi 3.00 MW (Commissioned), Chirchind 5.00 MW (Commissioned), Salun 4.50 MW ( ), Sup 1.00 MW (2013) Chobia I 5.00 MW (2014), Bharmour 0.50 MW (2015), Tulang 3.00 MW (2013), Kurhed 4.50 MW (2013), Kuwarsi 5.00 MW (2014), Holi II 7.00 MW (2015), Tulang-II 2.20 MW (2014), Kurhed-II 5 MW (2014), Siunr 1.50 MW (2012), Ghator I 2.20 MW (2014), chirchind-ii 9.90 MW (2015), Samwara 2.50 MW (2014), Kunkali 4.00 MW (2014), Kuwarsi-II 5.00 MW (2014), Toral Kundli 5.00 W (2014), Dug 1.50 MW (2014), Dera 3.00 MW (2014), Chate Ka Nalla 5.00 MW (2014), Ghator Top 5.00 MW (2014), Kiunr 2.00 MW (2014), Sup-II 1.00 MW (13th Plan), Dhanco MW (13th Plan), Cho Tanda 9.00 MW (13th Plan), and Rack 0.80 MW (2014) Brahal 4 MW (Commissioned), Upper Khauli 5 MW (Commissioned) Khauli-II 6.6 MW (13th Plan), Khauli 12 MW (Commissioned), Brahal Top 5 MW (2014), Brahal-III 4 MW (2014), Brahal Bali 2 MW (2014), Brahal-IV 2 MW (2014), Brahal-V 1 MW (2014), Up Stream of Tangnu Romai 90 MW ( ), Dhamwari Sunda 70 MW (2015), Chirgaon Majhgaon 60 MW (2016), Paudital Lassa 24 MW (2015), Sawra Kuddu 111 MW (2014), Rupin valley MW ( ), and Andhra Khad 38.2 MW ( ) Uhl Khad MW (2016), Surah 1.50 MW (2014), Swad 5.00 MW (2014), Uhl 3.00 MW (13th Plan), Thunag 0.25 MW (13th Plan), Patikari MW (Commissioned), Thunag 1.00 MW (13th Plan), Shivadhar-I 1.00 MW (13th Plan), and Shivadhar-II 2.00 MW (13th Plan) Chonned (2015), Chonned (2015), Devi Kothi-I (13th Plan), Devi Kothi-II (13th Plan), Chaini Tepa 5.00 (2014), Balsio Top 5.00 (2014), and Unallotted 5 (13th Plan) Toss MW (Commissioned), Jirah 4.00 MW Commissioned), Bramganga 5.00 (Commissioned), Raskat 0.80 (Commissioned) Jigral 4.00 MW (2015) Chakshi 2.00 MW (2012) Chakshi II 3.00 MW (13th Plan) Balargha 5.00 MW (2013) Shilla 1.80 MW (2013) Barthi 1.00 MW (2014) Jirah 3.50 MW (2015) Tauhak 4.50 MW (13th Plan) Liptung Khor 3.00 MW (2015) Piachkani 0.60 MW (13th Plan) Bakar Kiara 1.10 MW (2016) Garthi-II 0.90 MW (13th Plan), Garthi-III 3.00 MW (13th Plan) Garthi 1.00 MW (13th Plan) Gathi 0.80 MW (13th Plan) Upper Jirah 1.50 MW (13th Plan) Kungti 1.00 MW (13th Plan) Nazonga 0.90 MW (13th Plan) Sarsadi 9.60 MW (2015) Parvati MW (2017) Parbati-II MW (2017) Sarsadi-II 9 MW (2015) Shat 3 MW (13th Plan) Sharni 9.60 MW (2017) Malana Top 5.00 MW (2016) Malana-III MW ( ) MALANA-IV MW (2016) Thuchaning 1 MW (2016) Jari Hydel 5.00 (2014) Bramganga Top 5.00 (13th Plan) Jal 1.00 (13th Plan) Manikaran 0.99 (13th Plan) Raskat-II 0.40 (13th Plan) Manikaran Choj 2.50 (13th Plan)

82 Health and Safety Management Health and Safety Issues 251. To avoid/minimize inherent risks during construction, operation and maintenance, HPPTCL has formulated Environment and Social Safeguards Policy (ESSP) in May 2011 This policy has laid down safety guidelines for EHV substations and lines in operations and maintenance (O&M) and construction areas. Some other implications and mitigations from safety point of view are shown in Table 62 below: Table 62: Safety Implication and Mitigation SNo. Implication Mitigation 1 Electromagnetic effect Adequate horizontal and vertical clearances are provided as per Indian Electricity Act rules. 2 Mechanical Factor of safety in tower structure, conductor and insulator is provided 3 Lightning stroke Each tower is provided with ground wire and earthed. Earthing system for permissible step and touch potential in substation design. 4 Ground clearance infringement No construction is permitted. Land is not allowed to be converted to non-agriculture use. However, there is no restriction on movement of people Awareness Program 252. Some of the safety awareness activities such as: 1 Public awareness by meeting with villagers, builders, transporters, schools, NGOs/CBOs, and putting up safety posters, safety slogan and advertisement in media. 2 District collector/ electrical inspector/ police department/local authority approached for removal/ prevention of unauthorized construction nearby EHV transmission lines violating Electricity Act Education to workers on Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and safety tools. Safety Audits 253. Safety inspections are done at each PIU in a regular way. Steps needed to follow: 1. Checking of safety tools - i. Availability and its present condition. ii. Utilization and testing. 2. Check for implementation of safety rules and safety instruction for all substation operation and maintenance activities. 3. Safety awareness and identifying hazards for various maintenance activities in the switch yard and the transmission lines. 4. Precaution to be taken while issuing permit for the work. 5. Operation of portable fire extinguishers and their healthiness. 6. Ensuring electromagnetic field (EMF) is minimised at all transmission line and substation sites using proper design criteria as per Indian Electricty Act rules.

83 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 6.1 Information Disclosure 254. In line with ADB s Public Communications Policy, HPPTCL is required to ensure that relevant project information about social and environment safeguard issues is made available during the initial stages to affected people and other stakeholders, including the general public at district headquarters where it is publicly accessible in English, Hindi and any other vernacular local language. ADB and HPPTCL will also post these documents as well as the Environment Assessment and Review Framework Document (EARF) and the IEE on their respective websites Incorporation of the environmental concerns of APs through the public consultation in the decision making process will avoid or minimise conflict situations during the implementation process as well as enable them to provide meaningful inputs into the project design and its implementation. HPPTCL can conduct public consultation and information disclosure through public meetings and notice. 6.2 Awareness of Stakeholders 256. HPPTCL has disclosed the project plans during public consultation sessions as well as made them aware their rights, effects on area and the action to be taken to mitigate the impact as part of their Environment and Social Safeguards Policy 2011 and the Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy The Environment and Social staff has held discussions with groups and individuals to make them aware of the compensation procedures, impacts of lines, as well as proposed project timelines. This exercise shall continue during and after the construction of the subproject. Thus, the project-affected community residing beside the proposed transmission line has gained a reasonable knowledge about the potential grievances, which will arise in the future A community awareness programme must be conducted one month prior to construction by the concerned PIUs of HPPTCL regarding the scope of the project, procedure of construction activities, utility of resources, identified impacts and mitigation measures. These awareness programmes will help the community to resolve problems, and clarify their distrusts related to the proposed project at initial stage. 6.3 The Grievance Redress Mechanism 258. Through its Environment and Social Safeguards Policy 13, HPPTCL has established a Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) having suitable grievance redressal procedure for the project affected persons. The GRM would address affected persons concerns and complaints promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that is gender responsive, culturally appropriate, and readily accessible to the affected persons at no costs and without retribution. This GRM consists of a Grievance Redressal Committee consists of the following persons as listed in Table 63 below: Table 63: Constitution of Grievance Redressal Committee 1 Project Head Chairman 2 Head of Finance wing at the project level Member 3 Representative of local Panchayat Member 4 Representative of contractor Member 5 Project Environment/RR staff Member Secretary 259. This GRM would provide an effective approach for resolution of complaints and issues of the affected community. PMU shall formulate procedures for implementing the GRM. The PIU shall undertake GRM s initiatives that include procedures of taking/ recording complaints, handling of on-the-spot resolution of minor problems, taking care of complainants and provisions of responses to distressed stakeholders etc. paying particular attention to the impacts on vulnerable groups Environmental and social grievances will be handled in accordance to the project s GRM. Open and transparent dialogue will be maintained with project affected persons as and when 13 Finalized in May 2011

84 needed, in compliance with ADB safeguard policy requirements. The GRM for the project provides an effective approach for complaints and resolution of issues made by the affected community in a reliable way. This mechanism will remain active throughout the life cycle of the project. GRM procedure is shown in Figure 29. The affected persons can approach the court of law at any time of the GRM procedure, if they so wish. Figure 29: Process of Grievance Redressal Mechanism 81 Affected Persons * Minor Grievances CBO/NGO/Social/ Resettlement Specialist Grievance Addressed Major Grievances GRC Addressed Grievance Addressed Not Addressed HPPTCL/State Government Addressed Grievance Addressed Not Addressed Court of Law ( * ) Affected Persons can approach the court of law at time during the Grievance redressal process.

85 7.0 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 261. During the project formulation stage, HPPTCL had conducted a project scoping exercise and reconnaissance survey of the proposed system. Accordingly, during public consultation sessions, considerable dialogue had been held between HPPTCL representatives, individuals, and groups from the community to make them aware of the proposed project The project-affected community residing beside the proposed transmission line has already gained a reasonable knowledge about the potential grievances, which may arise in the future. The community were also informed about the Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM), which will be followed by HPPTCL as per procedure listed in its Environmental and Social Safeguards Policy May 2011 for making complaints, including the place and the responsible person to contact in this regard In line with GoI s Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 1994 (including amendments), public consultation and information disclosure will be undertaken through public notice prior to the approval by MoEF only for Category B1 and A projects. According to ADB SPS 2009, Category B projects, public consultation and information disclosure is to be made during the initial stages by the client itself. This activity supports the view to understand the public s perception of the project and respond to their concerns and suggestions during the early stages of the project design. Incorporation on the environmental concerns to the decision making process through the public consultation will avoid or minimise conflict situation during the implementation process Public consultations were conducted in project-affected area between February to 30 September The community aired their opinions freely on the project, its impact, and suggestions for mitigating adverse impacts. People participated in voluntary public consultation sessions to express their views about the proposed project. Table 64 indicates a summary of public consultations conducted during the field survey. The detailed list of public consultations is in Annexure 7. Table 64: Public Consultation SNo. Name of the Component/ subproject Name of the Village Distance from Project Location 82 Issues raised by the participants COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1 66 kv Gas Insulated URNI 400m People requested for Jobs during and after the Switchgear (GIS) switching implementation of project if possible station at Urni Roads need to be improved. Streetlights be made available in the village. Continuous consultation with villagers needs to be carried out throughout construction Substation land is quite barren and unused and people were happy to provide the land to HPPTCL through mutual negotiation. People said that compensation money would be used for development of smallscale business activities. T1 66 kv double circuit (D/C) CHAGAON 600m People requested for Jobs during the implementation of transmission line from 66 kv ZANAKPURI project if possible GIS Urni switching station to (OLD TAPRI) Demand of 24 hours power supply if possible. Wangtoo GIS substation People requested that utility vehicle may be hired by HPPTCL from the village which will be used during and after the implementation Prior notice shall be provided to the villages before the start of construction. People suggested that no such severe adverse impacts are foreseen as the line will pass through forest land. COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects

86 SNo. S2 T2 S3 T3 S4 T4 Name of the Component/ subproject 33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S.) at Lahal 220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. 33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal 132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation 33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) 132 kv S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line Name of the Village LAHAL KHANI/ LAHAL Distance from Project Location 300m 600m 83 Issues raised by the participants Prior notice to the affected farmer shall be given and consultations shall be continued during the entire phase of construction. People requested for Jobs during and after the implementation of project if possible.. Local labour shall be employed to the extent possible by the contractor. Any damage to local area during construction by movement of vehicles shall be restored post construction. BANJAL 500m Approach roads needs to be built as the current road condition is in bad shape and there is no road connected to the proposed substation. Temporary employment of local labour is expected. Some development work in the village related to sanitation and water etc. People suggested that land should be purchased through mutual negotiation and adequate compensation is expected.. CHAMBI 2200m Employment opportunity if possible during construction. Demand for reliable power supply. Substation proposed is in government land, hence villagers do not foresee any problem. Villagers welcomed the project and expect that the project will enhance the reliability of power supply in the area. SMIRPUR THIYARA 1700m COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5 220 kv GIS switching station SARI 300m at Hatkoti T5 S6 T6 220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti 132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda CHIRGAON, MASLI, JAKHAR CHIRGAON 250m 300m COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7 33 kv GIS switching station at BURUA 1500m Palchan T7 T8 33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP 132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor 220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL PALCHAN 500m Temporary employment of local labour if feasible. Demand for reliable power supply. Prior notice to each affected village before the start of construction of transmission line. Villagers shall be allowed to cultivate the land underneath the RoW. Cash compensation for crop damage at market rates. Any damage subsequently during the maintenance of transmission line shall be compensated accordingly. People are eager to provide the private land for substation provided they get adequate compensation at market rate. R&R assistance shall be provided in addition to compensation. People expect maximum benefits in terms of employment during construction. Corporation should provide some additional benefits in terms of development work as part of corporate responsibility in terms of better water supply and rehabilitation of existing roads etc. ROW and the height of the line from the ground should be adequate. Temporary employment of local labour during construction. Demand for proper crop compensation. Prior notice to each affected village before the start of construction of transmission line. Villagers be allowed to cultivate the land underneath the RoW. Tower should have proper anti-climbing technique so that safety measures are well taken care of. Advanced technology should be used to avoid any natural disaster and lightening. BARSAINI 2500m People are generally cooperative about the project. Fair compensation is expected. Temporary jobs expected during construction. All the affected Panchayats should be given additional grants for development of work in the village. People should be given prior notice to harvest their crops. Construction schedule should be chosen during the off season to avoid lesser damage in standing crop. DIYAR 1200m Safety measures to be adopted for the lines construction. Prior notice to each affected village before the start of construction of transmission lines. Villagers be allowed to cultivate the land underneath the RoW. People requested that cash compensation at market rate be given for damaged crops and any damage during the

87 SNo. S8 S9 S10 Name of the Component/ subproject 132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor 33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini 33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line Name of the Village Distance from Project Location 84 Issues raised by the participants maintenance of transmission line shall be compensated accordingly. CHAROR 1000m People are generally apprehensive about the project and were not so cooperative in the beginning to provide any private land. Good compensation is expected. People requested for Jobs during and after the implementation of project if possible. HPPTCL should do some development work in the village. BARSAINI 2500m Good compensation for the land. Roads will improve. People requested that jobs should be given to the affected people on priority. People feel that power supply will be improved in the local area. PANDOH 1500m Government land shall be chosen instead of purchasing private land. People suggested that land is available with BBMB and HPPTCL agreed to take BBMB land instead of purchasing the previously planned land from scheduled tribe owners. People expect that local business will improve. Opportunity for temporary employment will improve. 7.1 Consultation Findings 265. Incorporation of environmental concerns of Affected Persons (APs) through the public consultation will help avoid or minimise conflict situations and enable them to provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation process. Consultations and group discussions were carried out along the project sites by the project safeguard consultants between February- September The discussion was carried out in almost all the villages coming within 500 m vicinity of the alignment of transmission lines and at proposed substation sites in all the PIUs. Attached Annexure 7 lists detailed public consultations during the field survey by the team As part of the social assessment, approximately 246 households have been surveyed where the heads of the households were interviewed to collect the data during the month of March to September Additionally, the social and environment expert from the consultant team carried out various informal consultations during the site assessment with concerned village heads and local people at various villages. Summary of people s perception of the project during the consultation is presented in Annexure 7. Tables A (inside Annexure 7) lists villages where the consultations were held in the Chamba, Kullu, Mandi, Shimla and Kinnaur Districts. Table A7.13 gives the general perception for all the Tranche 2 subprojects.

88 FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 267. Environmental impacts likely to result from the proposed transmission system development are manageable and can be managed cost effectively. Careful mitigation and monitoring, specific selection criteria and review/assessment procedures for subprojects have been specified to ensure that minimal impacts take place. The detailed design would ensure inclusion of any such environmental impacts that could not be specified or identified at this stage are taken into account and mitigated where necessary. Those impacts can be reduced through the use of proper mitigation measures listed in the EMP. The EPC contract will incorporate applicable environmental measures identified in IEE and EMP The proposed project will have number of positive impacts and negative impacts to the existing environment as follows: State Government shall benefit largely from the large volumes for exportable surplus of power. The local people shall benefit due to improvement in quality and reliability of the electricity supply as well as funds that will flow into the area to provide them with better roads, health facilities due to higher allocations to the Local Area Development Funds from generation projects to the district. Improvement in lifestyles of local people shall be the main positive impact of this project. There will be removal of fruit and non-fruit trees for the transmission line and substations, which is the main negative impact to the proposed project area. However, the compensation for crop and trees shall be made as per HPPTCL s Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy May Compensatory afforestation shall be carried out wherever forest land is used. Environment pollution due to cut and fill operations, transportation of construction materials, disposal of debris, disturbance to the farming activities, nuisance from dust, noise, vehicle fumes, black smoke, vibration as well as silt runoff due to construction activities are the short term negative impacts due to proposed project No reliable baseline information of water, air and noise / vibration in Chamba, Kullu, Mandi, Shimla and Kinnaur district exists with respect to transmission line and substation locations. Therefore, collection of baseline parameters of water, air, soil, and noise/vibration is recommended through sampling at specific locations as mentioned in EMoP. Establishment of baseline parameters is essential to monitor changes in the quality of water, air, soil and noise during the construction and operation periods Proper GRM will have to be implemented by HPPTCL to overcome public inconvenience during the proposed project activities The selected land for Pandoh substation is located within the BBMB land that needs to be transferred to HPPTCL; Chambi is on government land; Urni, Lahal substation lands have already been purchased by HPPTCL, and Palchan, Hatkoti, Sunda, Banjal, Charor GIS substation land s will need to be purchased from private persons at prices based on market rates. The acquisition of land as per Land Acquistion Act 1894 (and its amendments) will be required from the surrounding communities only if the negotiations do not succeed. Since road connectivity is of prime importance to the proposed substation land - Banjal, Charor, Chambi, Palchan, Hatkoti substation lands are being procured nearest to the road head. For Hatkoti, Chambi, Pahdoh substation lands, which are barren, there will be no need to removal of trees for the construction of new substation but for Sunda, Charor, Banjal sites, fruit trees will have to be removed for the construction. Larger extent of proposed transmission line runs through orchards, cultivated/uncultivated as well as forestlands. Any dense forest areas have been avoided by design. None of the lines passes through any human settlement, national park or sanctuary Overall, the major social and environmental impacts associated with transmission projects are limited to the construction period and can be mitigated to an acceptable level by implementation of recommended measures and by best engineering and environmental practices. The impact matrix depicts that the project will not have significant negative environmental impacts

89 and the project would help in improving the socio-economic conditions of this developing state. As the project falls in Category B as per the ADB s SPS 2009 guidelines, no detailed EIA study is required. 86

90 CONCLUSIONS 273. An environment and social analysis has been carried out looking at various criteria such as topology, water resources, ecology, demography of the area, climate and natural habitat, community and employee health and safety etc. The impact analysis found that, due to careful consideration of environmental and social aspects as per its ESSP during route and site selection by HPPTCL, no major adverse impacts are expected. There is no adverse impact on the migration of habitat, any natural existing land resources and effect in the regular life of people. The environment and social impact associated with transmission line project is limited to the extent of construction phase and can be mitigated through a set of recommended measures and adequate provision for environment and social impacts which cover monitoring, measuring and mitigation EMP has been prepared. Mitigation measures related to construction, as specified in the EMP, will be incorporated into civil works contracts, and their implementation will be primarily the responsibility of the contractors. HPPTCL will be responsible for the overall implementation and auditing of site-specific EMPs Public consultations have been conducted along the transmission corridor. The results indicate broad support for the project based on perceived economic and social benefits. Most impacts are expected to occur during the construction phase and are considered to be of a temporary nature. The transmission corridor was carefully selected after undergoing an options assessment. This enabled the right of way alignment to bypass nearby reserve forest area, villages and important water supplies and resources. The main project impacts are associated with cutting of orchards, waste management, and excavation of soils No endangered or protected species of flora or fauna are reported at any of the subproject sites. The seven out of ten substation sites proposed are located on private land which shall be purchased from private land owners at rate on mutual process basis; two lands are owned by HPPTCL and one BBMB land characterized as mostly barren, uninhabited and unused lands, removed from populated areas The IEE performed is adequate for purposes of project implementation. Based on the environmental assessment and surveys conducted for the project so far, it is evident that the potential adverse environmental impacts can be mitigated to an acceptable level by adequate implementation of the mitigation measures identified in the EMP. Adequate provisions are being made in the project to cover the environmental mitigation and monitoring requirements, and their associated costs For some of the transmission line and substation sub-projects, the substation specific topography survey and the transmission line route survey works are underway. The data regarding soil, topography, contour, land cutting and filling required, distance from water body and distance from major roads etc., details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award Adequate provisions have been made for the environmental mitigation and monitoring of predicted impacts, along with their associated costs. Adverse impacts if noticed during implementation will be mitigated using appropriate design and management measures. The potential cumulative and residual impacts of the transmission sub-components as a whole indicate the project classifies as a Category B, in accordance with ADB s Safeguards Policy Statement The Project is not considered highly sensitive or complex.

91 88 Annexure 1 Applicable Rules, Regulations, Policies and Procedures A. National Environmental Laws 1. The Environmental regulations, legislation, policy guidelines that may impact this project, are the responsibility of a variety of government agencies. The principal Environment Regulatory Agency in India is the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). MoEF formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for different projects. 2. The important environmental legislations in India are given below (i) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, amended 1988 (ii) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1975 (iii) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, amended 1987 (iv) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982 (v) The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, amended 1991 and including the following Rules/Notification issued under this Act. The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, including amendments The Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2000 The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2003 The Hazardous Wastes (management, handling and transboundary movement) Rules 2009 The Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998 Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Wild Life (Protection) Amendment Act, 2002 Ozone Depleting Substances (Regulation & Control) Rules, The Biological Diversity Act, 2002; The Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 1994; amended up to 2009; Batteries (Management & Handling) Rules, 2001 The Environmental Clearance Notification, 1994 Environmental Standards of CPCB (vi) Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 (vii) The Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, amended 1993 (viii) The Wildlife (Protection) Rules, 1995 (ix) The Indian Forest Act, 1927 (x) Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, amended 1988 (National Forest Policy, 1988) Forest (Conservation) Rules, 1981 amended 1992 and 2003 Guidelines for diversion of forest lands for non-forest purpose under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (xi) The National Environmental Appellate Authority Act, 1997 (xii) The National Green Tribunal Act, 2010 B. State Government Policies 3. Some of the Himachal Pradesh Government and HPPTCL s policies that are applicable to the sub-projects are: The Himachal Pradesh Hydropower Policy 2007; Himachal Pradesh Land Preservation Act (LPA); HPPTCL Environment and Social Safeguards Policy, May 2011; and Resettlement, Relief, Rehabilitation and Compensation Policy, May C. Other Acts 4. The policy framework consists of following main regulations: (i) The Electricity Act, 2003 (ii) National Resettlement & Rehabilitation Policy, 2007 (NRRP) (MoRD, DoLR). (iii) Right of Way and compensation under Electricity Laws. (iv) Land Acquisition Act, (v) The Indian Telegraph Act (ITA), 1885 (vi) Indian Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in 1949

92 (vii) Provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Area) Act, (viii) The Right to Information Act, 2005 (ix) National Policy on HIV/AIDS and the World of Work, Ministry of Labour and Employment, GoI. (x) National Policy on Safety, Health and Environment at Work Place, Ministry of Labour and Employment, GoI. D. Key Environmental Legislations Name Scope and Objective Key Areas Operational Agencies/Key Players Water (Prevention To provide for the prevention Controls sewage and Central and State Pollution and Control of and control of water pollution industrial effluent Control Board Pollution Act, 1974) and enhancing the quality of water discharges Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution Act ) To provide for the prevention and control of air pollution Controls emissions of air pollutants Central and State Pollution Control Boards Forest Act, 1927 Forest Conservation Act, 1980 Wildlife Act, 1980 Protection Environment Protection Act, 1986 Environmental Impact Assessment Notifications 1994 and amendments up to 2009 The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 as amended; The Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2009 The National Green Tribunal Act, 2010 To consolidate acquisition of common property such as forests To halt India s rapid deforestation and resulting Environmental degradation To protect wildlife To provide for the protection and improvement of Environment Provide safe disposal of lead acid and all other types of batteries Movement, handling, of waste chemical oils in industries, commercial, other services Effective and expeditious disposal of cases relating to environmental protection and conservation of forests and other natural resources including enforcement of any legal right relating to environment and giving relief and compensation for damages to persons and property and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto Regulates access to natural resources, state has a monopoly right over land, categories forests Restriction on dereservation and using forest for non-forest purpose Creates protected areas (national parks, sanctuaries) categories of wildlife which are protected An umbrella legislation; supplement laws To control unsafe disposal of batteries contents by authorised recyclers To control the disposal of hazardous chemicals, oils etc into water, land and air All civil cases where a substantial question relating to environment (including enforcement of any legal right relating to environment) is involved 89 State government, forest settlement officers Central Government Wildlife Advisory Boards; Central Zoo Authorities Central government nodal agency MoEF; can deplete powers to state department of Environment Central government nodal agency MoEF; can deplete powers to state department of Environment Central government nodal agency MoEF; can deplete powers to state department of Environment Chairperson, National Green Tribunal

93 90 Annexure 2 Alternative Site Analysis for Grid Substations COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects S1-66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details 5075 sqm sqm sqm 1a Area (dimensions) Sloping Partially Sloping Partially Sloping 1b Geographical coordinates N '37.2" E '18.7" N-31 30'45.3 E '36.6" 1c Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1d Amount of land cutting required 2 Number of transformers 2 No 2 No 2 No 3 Number of Bays 4 Size/ type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government Private Private Private Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar ha 1.50 ha 1.80 ha (iii) House or Building: a. Residential Nil Nil Nil b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River 50 m Urni Khad 100 m Urni KHad 100 m Sutlej Khad 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway 3 km from NH km from NH km from NH-22 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 2.15 km 2.5 km 2.5 km 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Urni Urni Kilba 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity Urni & Tapri Urni & Tapri Tapri 8. Land Strata- geology Hard Rock Hard Rock Hard Rock 9. Road accessibility Temporary near Nil Nil substation land 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 220 kv Kashang-Bhaba, JP transmission line at about 0.8 km distance 220 kv Kashang- Bhaba, JP transmission line at about 0.8km 220 kv Kashang-Bhaba, JP transmission line at about 01 km distance distance 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) 22 kv line 0.5 km Nil Nil 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) 3 km 3.5 km 2.0 km 14. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries 118 km 125 km 130 km 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil Nil b. Trees to be lopped 16. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil Nil b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area Within snow area Within snow area Within snow area 18. Distance from un-cultivated area 100 m 50 m 150 m 19. Altitude of substation 1961 m 1990 m 1775 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport 230 km 230 km 235 km 21. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites 23 km Kamru Palace, Sangla 23.3 km Kamru Palace, Sangla 17 km Kamru Palace, Sangla 22. Name of villages involved/name of District Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) Urni Kinnaur (H.P.) 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a) Area (in ha) b) Cost Alternative Selected 5075 sqm. Rs.80,00000 Selected - Barren in nature, lesser number of trees to be felled and away from population 15,000 sm. Rs. 2.4 crore 18,000 sqm. Rs. 3 crore COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects S2-33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal Sno. Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1 Substation details A Area (Dimensions) 48 Bighas 25 Bighas 20 Bighas B Geographical Coordinates N E N E N E C Slope/Plain land Sloped Sloped Sloped D Amount of land cutting required cum cum cum 2 Nos. of Transformers One 33/220 kv One 33/220 kv One 33/220 kv 3 Nos. of Bays Size/type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land Private. Private Private 6 Private land (in Bighas) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated sqm sqm sqm.

94 (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7a Distance from nearest River Ravi (0.5 km) Ravi (0.5 km) Ravi (0.5 km) 7b Distance from nearest National/ State Highway SH-33 (0 km) SH-33 (5 km) SH-33 (12 km) 7c Distance from nearest Forest Area ---nil nil nil--- 7d Distance from nearest Village/ town Lahal (Bharmour) Garola (Bharmour) Machhetar (Bharmour) 8 Land Strata- geology Sandy Loam with Quartzite origin Sandy Loam with Quartzite origin Sandy Loam with Quartzite origin 9 Road accessibility Yes Yes Yes 10 Nearest EHV line distance 2 km (Bhudhil yard) 3 km (Bhudhil yard) 10 km (Bhudhil yard) 11 Nearest HT line distance 0.05 km 0.1 km 0.2 km 12 Nearby Telephone line distance 13 Nearby NH-20 (Pathankot-Mandi) & SH (Pathankot- 160 & 0 km 160 & 5 km 167 & 12 km Bharmour) distance 14 Distance from interstate/ international boundaries 130 km from Punjab boundary 130 km from Punjab boundary 137 km from Punjab boundary 15 Nos. of Forest Trees: nil--- --nil--- a. Trees to be felled -- b. Trees to be lopped Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 17 Distance from snow area -nil- -nil- -nil- 18 Distance from cultivated area -nil- -nil- -nil- 19 Altitude of substation 1600 m 1480 m 1690 m 20 Nearby Gaggal airport air distance 40 km 40 km 40 km 21 Nearby religious or archaeological site aerial Distance 7 km 9 km 16 km (Chaurasi Temple) 22 Name of village/district Lahal/ Chamba Garola/ Chamba Machhetar/ Chamba 23 Land to be permanently acquired: i) Area (Ha) ii) Cost (Rs) Altenative Selected sqm. Rs. 5 Crores Selected - Away from protected/reserve forest area. No forest tree involved and lies on shortest transmission line alignment sqm. Rs. 5 Crores sqm. Rs. 2 Crores S3-33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Khuriyani (DeviKothi) Banjal Niuwa 1a Area (dimensions) (160X60) mtr (160X60) mtr 9600 sqm 1b Geographical coordinates N N E N E E 1c Slope/Plain land Plain sloping Sloping 1d Amount of land cutting required 2 Number of transformers Number of Bays Size/ type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government Forest waste land Private Waste Forest land Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in Bighas) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated Nil 9600 Sq.mtr. Nil b. Non-irrigated Non-Agriculture Nil Nil (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar Sq.mtr. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential Nil b. Non-Residential Nil 7.a Distance from Nearest River Baira (5 km.) Baira (2.5 km.) Baira (2 km) 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway State Highway 37 (15.0 km.) State Highway 37 (8.0 km.) State Highway 37 (5.0 km) km.) 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 0.2 km 0.2 km 2.5 km 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Devi Kothi (1.5 km.) Banjal (2.5 km.) Niuwa (0.5 km.) 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity Devi Kothi (1.5 km.) Devi Kothi (2.5 km.) Kurthala (5.5 km.) 8. Land Strata- geology Rocky/Undulating Rocky/Slopy Rocky/Slopy 9. Road accessibility Earthen road needs cutting and widening about 10.0 km. from Bairagarh. 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 132 kv Kurthla Bathri transmission line (8.0 km) Approximately 8.0 km. of new road is required to be constructed. 132 kv Kurthla Bathri transmission line (7.0 km) Approximately 4.5 km. of new road is required to be constructed. 132 kv Kurthla Bathri transmission line (6.0 km) 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) 2.5 km. 2.0 km. 2.0 km. 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) State Highway 37 (18.0 State Highway 37 (15.0 State Highway 37 (4.5 km.) km.) km.) 14. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries J&K Boundary J&K Boundary J&K Boundary 13.7

95 SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 16. Nos. of private trees (iii) Fruit Trees: a) Trees to be felled b) Trees to be lopped (iv) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 92 km.(aerial distance) km.(aerial distance) km.(aerial distance) Nil Distance from snow area 0 km. 0 km. 0 km. 18. Distance from un cultivated area 0.5 km. 2.5 km. 0 km. 19. Altitude of substation 2412 m 2010 m 1995 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport 195 km.gaggal 67.0 km.(aerial) 175 km.gaggal Banjal in Chamba district km.gaggal Banjal in Chamba district 21. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Bharmour (59 km Bharmour (58.2 km aerial) Bharmour (56.7 km aerial) aerial) 22. Name of villages involved/name of District Khuriyani (Devi Kothi) Banjal Banjal in Chamba district 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a) Area (in ha) 9,600 sqm sqm sqm. b) Cost. Alternative Selected Selected - Nearest to the road, lesser number of trees to be felled S4-33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Government land None None 1a Area (dimensions) 120X80=9600 sq mts. 1b Geographical coordinates Yet to be finalised. 1c Slope/Plain land Slopy 1d Amount of land cutting required NIL 2 Number of transformers 2 3 Number of Bays 2 Nos 132 kv & 2 Nos 33 kv 4 Size/ type of oil sump litres underground type. 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government HP Government land. Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in Bighas) NIL (i) Agriculture :- - a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. - (iii) House or Building: - a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River 5 m from Chambi Khad. 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway 20 m approx. from NH 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 3 km approx. 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town 150 m approx. 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity 6 km Approx. 8. Land Strata- geology Cohesive, gravel and sand mixed strata. 9. Road accessibility Accessible to road. 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 1 km approx. 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) Crossing over the proposed site of land. 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) No 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) 20 mtrs approx. from NH 14. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries Interstate Boundary= 68 km approx. 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 8 No Nos. of private trees NIL (i) Fruit Trees: a) Trees to be felled - b) Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled - b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area 30 km approx. 18. Distance from cultivated area 100 m approx 19. Altitude of substation 626 m aprox. 20. Nearest distance from Airport 5 km approx. 21. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites 15 km approx. 22. Name of villages involved/name of District Mundla (Ladwara), District-Kangra. 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) 9600 sq mtrs.

96 SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C b. Cost - Alternative Selected Selected- No forest reserve areas, no houses and easy connectivity to the proposed feeders. COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects S5-220 kv GIS switching station at Hatkoti SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Near Bishkalti khad adjacent to Radha Soami Satsang Hatkoti in Mohal Sari, Tehsil Jubbal, District Shimla (HP) Below Patsari Khara Pather Link Road Sari, Mohal Sari, Tehsil Jubbal, District Shimla (HP) 93 Above Patsari Khara Pather Link Road Sari, Mohal Sari, Tehsil Jubbal, District Shimla (HP) 1a Area (dimensions) sqm sqm sqm. 1b Geographical coordinates N, N, N, E 25.3 E E 1c Slope/Plain Land Sloping Sloping Sloping 1d Amount of land cutting required Cutting/filling etc CMT approx. Cutting/filling etc. 500 CMT approx Cutting/filling etc CMT approx. 2 Number of transformers Number of Bays Size/ type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government Department/ Other) Private Ha.(12.3 Bigha) i) Ha.(19.1Bigha) i) Ha.(15.18Bigha) ii) Ha.(2.10Bigha) - Private Government Government Ha.(6.3bigha) 6 Private land (in Bighas) (i) Agriculture :- Non Irrigated Non Irrigated Non Irrigated a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. (iii) House or Building: No Building exists No Building exists No Building exists a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Pabbar 1.7km Pabbar 0.8km Pabbar 2.2km 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway Shimla Rohru State Highway 1.5km Shimla Rohru State Highway 3km Shimla Rohru State Highway 3.5km 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area Government area involved 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Village Hatkoti- 0.7Km Town Jubbal- 13km Rohru -12km 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity Jubbal- 13km Sawra-4km Rohru-12km Government area involved( only for approach road) Village Hatkoti- 0.8Km Town Jubbal- 14km Rohru- 12km Jubbal- 14km Sawra-10km Rohru-12km Nil Village Hatkoti- 2Km Town Jubbal- 12km Rohru- 13km Jubbal- 12km Sawra-11km Rohru-13km 8. Land Strata- geology Rocky/Slopy Rocky/Slopy Rocky/Slopy 9. Road accessibility Yes Yes Yes 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) Khara Pathhar Hatkoti road Khara Pathhar Hatkoti road 14. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries Interstate Uttrakhand Kuddu (Snail 20km Interstate Uttrakhand Kuddu (Snail) 26 km Interstate Uttrakhand Kuddu (Snail) 27km 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled 4 nos. Nil 10 nos. b. Trees to be lopped 16. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 3 nos. 2 nos. 85 nos. b. Trees to be lopped 7 nos. Nil 8 nos. (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: Nil Nil Nil a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area Snow Area Snow Area Snow Area 18. Distance from un cultivated area Nil Nil Nil 19. Altitude of substation 1528 msl msl 1610 msl 20. Nearest distance from Airport 150km 150km 150km 21. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Temple Hatkoti-0.5 km (Approx) Radhsoami Satsang Bhawan 0.03km (Approx) 22. Name of villages involved/name of District 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) b. Cost Alternative Selected sqm. Rs.4.07Cr. Temple Hatkoti-0.7 km (Approx), Radhsoami Satsang Bhawan 0.15km (Approx) sqm. Rs.1.43Cr. Temple Hatkoti-1.5 km (Approx.) sqm. Say Rs.2.52Cr. Selected - Avoids the archeologically significant area. No reserve forest areas and no houses nearby, minimum number of fruit trees and no forest

97 SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 94 trees involved. The minimum land acquisition for road construction involved. S6-132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Adjascent to HPSEB 250 m from tail race Chidgaon colony, Sundasu tunnel of Dhamwari Sunda HEP 1a Area (dimensions) 1.5 Ha 2 Ha Ha. 1b Geographical coordinates N, ' 13'' N, N, E E 77 53' 17''E 1c Slope/Plain land Plain Plain Plain 1d Amount of land cutting required Nil Nil Nil 2 Number of transformers Number of Bays Size/ type of oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Government private private private Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated 1 ha 1 ha 1 ha b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land/ banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Pabbar (15 m) Pabbar (30 m) Pabbar (30 m) 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway Chidgaon Dhamwari (50m) Chidgaon Dhamwari (100m) Chidgaon Dhamwari (300m) 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 200 m 500 m 500 m 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Sundasu (400 m) Chidgaon (200m ) Chidgaon (200m ) 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Activity Chidgaon (1km) Chidgaon (500m) Chidgaon (500m) 8. Road accessibility Chidgaon Dhamwari (50 m) Chidgaon Dhamwari (100 m) Chidgaon Dhamwari (300 m) 9. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 500 m from site 300 m from site 20 m from site 10. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil 22 kv crossing over site 11. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 12. Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries 45 from Uttrakhand 44 from Uttrakhand 44 from Uttrakhand state state state 13. Nos. of Forest Trees :- Nil Nil Nil a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 14. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: Fruit trees a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil 50 Apple tree b. Trees to be lopped 10 Apricot (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 15. Distance from snow area 0 km 0 km 0 km 16. Distance from un cultivated area 0 km 0 km 0 km 17. Altitude of substation 1,750 m 1,745 m 1,743 m 18. Nearest distance from Airport 165 km 165 km 165 km 19. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites 35 km from Hatkoti 34 km from Hatkoti 34 km from Hatkoti temple temple temple 22. Name of villages involved/name of District Sundasu, Shimla Chidgaon, Shimla Chidgaon, Shimla district district district 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a) Area (in ha) 1.5 Ha 2 Ha Ha. b) Cost Rs. 3.8 Carore Rs. 4.0 Crore Rs. 3.8 Crore Alternative Selected Selected - No reserve forest areas. Optimal distance from the IPP s hence will reduce the mesh of transmission lines. COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects S7-33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1 Substation details Forest land Forest land (Tower 22) Private Land adjoining HPSEB substation 1.a Area of land 1504 sqm sqm sqm. 1.b Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1.c Approximate Amount of land cutting required 1400 cu.m 2528 cu.m 1450 cu.m 2. Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Forest Forest Forest/ Private Government Department/ Other) 3. Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- Nil Nil ha

98 SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C a. Irrigated b. Non irrigated (1.5 Bigha) Non Irrigated (ii) Non - Agriculture/ Private waste land/banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non Residential Nil Nil Nil 4. Distance from Nearest (With name ) 4.a River (Name/Distance) Solang nallah /200m Beas/200 m Beas/500 m 4.b National / State Highway Link Road from Palchan NH-21 NH-21 to Dhundi 4.c Forest Area ha (2 Bigha) ha (2.5 Bigha) ha (3.15 Bigha) 4.d Village / town Solang Nehru Kund Palchan 4.e Market/Area of Economic Activity Palchan/ Manali Bhang/ Manali Palchan/ Manali 5. Road accessibility Accessible Accessible Accessible 6. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 7. HT line Passing Near By 450 m m 8. Telephone line Passing Near By Nil Nil Nil 9. National / State Highway Passing Near By NH 21 NH 21 NH Distance from Interstate / International 328 km / J & K border 335 km / J & K border 332 km / J & K border Boundaries 11. No. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped a. 4 b. nil a. 10 b. nil a. 3 no. b. Nil 12. No. of private trees (iii) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled NA NA a. 30 b. Nil b. Trees to be lopped (iv) Non - Fruit Trees: NA NA Nil a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 13. Distance from snow area Snow Zone Snow Zone Snow Zone. 14. Distance from un-cultivated area 150 m 500 m 100 m. 15. Altitude of substation 2300 m 2,255 m. 2,280m 16. Nearest distance from Airport 65 km (Bhunter Airport) 58 km (Bhunter Airport) 62 km (Bhunter Airport) 17. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Alternative Selected 250 m/ Kanchan Nag Devta 5 km- Kanchan Naag. 7 km Hadimba Mata km Kancan Naag. Selected - No forest reserve areas and no houses nearby, minimum number of fruits and no forest tree involved. This location will reduce the mesh of interconnection transmission lines from IPP s. S8-132/220 kv 2x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Charor SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details At Heribag near Existing Chhor substation Adjoining to Existing 220 kv Chhor substation At State Highway Bhunter- Manikaran 1a Area (dimensions) sqm sqm sqm. 1b Geographical coordinates N, E N, E N, E 1c Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1d Amount of land cutting required cu.m 7284 cu.m cu.m 2 Number of transformers 2 No 2 No 2 No/ 3 Number of Bays 2 No 220 kv Bays 2 No 220 kv Bays 2 No 220 kv bays 4 Size/ type of oil sump 60,000 ltr/ Underground oil sump 60,000 ltr/ Underground oil sump 60,000 ltr/ Underground oil sump 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Private/ forest Private Private. Government Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in Bighas) ha. (10.10 bigha) ha (3 bigha) ha (10 Bigha) (i) Agriculture :- Agriculture, Non irrigated Agriculture, Non irrigated a. Irrigated Agriculture, Non irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. Nil Nil Nil (iii) House or Building: Nil Nil Nil a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Beas /2000m Beas/ 1500 m Beas/ 350 m 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway 3 km 2.5 km 100 m 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area Sholgu Dhar forest /1000 m Sholgu Dhar forest / 750 m Sholgu Dhar forest /1500 m 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town Chhor/ 750 m Chhor/ 250 m Kot/ 300 m 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Bhunter/ 10 km Bhunter/ 9.5 km Bhunter / 7 km. Activity 8. Land Strata- geology Cohesive soil and soft rock Cohesive soil and soft rock Cohesive soil and soft rock 9. Road accessibility Accessible Accessible Approach road is required to be constructed. 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 220 kv AD Hydro transmission line/ 220 kv AD Hydro transmission line/ 132 kv Malana Bajaura transmission line (500 m) (1500 m) (500 m) 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil

99 SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By 3 km 2.5 km 100 m (Distance) 14. Distance from Interstate / International 402 km/ J & K Border 401 km/ J & K Border 397 km/ J & K Border. Boundaries 15. No. of Forest Trees :- Nil Nil a. Trees to be felled 6 No. b. Trees to be lopped 16. No. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 75 No. 40 No. 100 No. b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 25 No 20 No 50 N0. b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area Snow Zone Snow Zone 1500 m. 18. Distance from un cultivated area 500 m 200 m 100 m 19. Altitude of substation 1366 m 1365 m 1197 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport Bhunter / 10 km Bhunter / 9.5 km Bhunter / 7 km. 21. Distance from nearest religious or Bijli Mahadev/ 6 km Bijli mahadev /5.5 km Bijli Mahadev 3.5 km. Archaeological sites 22. Name of villages involved/name of District Revenue Village Shilihar/ Distt. Kullu Revenue Village Shilihar/ Distt. Kullu Revenue Village Shilihar/ Distt. Kullu 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) sqm sqm sqm. b. Cost. Alternative Selected Selected - Single owner and lesser number of trees to be felled and away from the habitation. S9-33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1. Substation details Private land NHPC land Near HPSEBL Forest land at Barsaini 33 kv S/Stn 1a Area (dimensions) 9600 sqm sqm sqm. 1b Geographical coordinates 32 0'1.69"N, 77 26'55.08"E 32 0'2.09"N, 77 26'51.64"E 31 59'53.54"N, 77 26'46.26"E 1c Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1d Amount of land cutting required 5000 cu.m 4500 cu.m 4800 cu.m 2 Number of transformers 2 no 2 no 2 no 3 Number of Bays 2 no 132 kv bays 2 no 132 kv bays 2 no 132 kv bays 4 Size/ type of oil sump 40,000 ltr, underground 40,000 ltr, underground 40,000 ltr, underground 5 Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other Private land NHPC Government/ Forest Government Department/ Other) 6 Private land (in Bighas) 4888 sqm. (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated Non irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land / banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 7.a Distance from Nearest River Parvati/ 400 m Parvati/ 800 m Parvati/ 800 m 7.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway 800 m 1000m 1200 m 7.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area 600 m 400 m 400 m 7.b Distance from Nearest Village / town 150 m 7.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic 2 km 1.5 km 3 km Activity 8. Land Strata- geology Cohesive Soil/ soft Rock Cohesive Soil/ soft Rock Cohesive Soil/ soft Rock 9. Road accessibility Accessible by Road Accessible by Road Accessible by Road 10. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 11. HT line Passing Near By (Distance) 33 kv Tosh to Barsaini line/ 150 m 33 kv Tosh to Barsaini line/ 250 m 33 kv Tosh to Barsaini line/ 1000 m 12. Telephone line Passing Near By (Distance) Nil Nil Nil 13. National / State Highway Passing Near By (Distance) Bhunter to Barsaini Highway. / 800 m Bhunter to Barsaini Highway. / 1000 m Bhunter to Barsaini Highway. / 1200 m 14. Distance from Interstate / International J & K Border 445 km 444 km J & K Border 438 km J & K Border Boundaries 15. Nos. of Forest Trees :- Nil a. Trees to be felled 200 b. Trees to be lopped 16. Nos. of private trees (iii) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped (iv) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 17. Distance from snow area Snow Zone Snow Zone Snow Zone 18. Distance from un cultivated area 200m 200m 500m 19. Altitude of substation 2267 m 2275 m 2145 m 20. Nearest distance from Airport 51 km 50 km 46 km 21. Distance from nearest religious or Manikaran 17 km Manikaran 16 km Manikaran 12 km 96

100 SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C Archaeological sites 22. Name of villages involved/name of District Revenue Village Manikaran/ Distt. Kullu 23. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) b. Cost Alternative Selected Selected- Single owner and lesser number of trees to be felled and the location will reduce the mesh of low voltage transmission lines from IPP s. Revenue Village Manikaran/ Distt. Kullu 9600 sqm sqm sqm. 97 Revenue Village Manikaran/ Distt. Kullu S10-33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line SNo Description Site - A Site - B Site - C 1 Suubstation details BBMB Jagar BBMB Uba Private land 1.a 9,600 sqm. 9,024 sqm. 9,776 sqm. Area of land 1.b Slope/Plain land Slope Slope Slope 1.c Approximate Amount of land cutting required cu.m 8254 cu.m cu.m 2. Ownership of land (Private / Forest/ Other BBMB BBMB Private Government Department/ Other) 3. Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture : ha a. Irrigated 13 Bigha b. Non irrigated Non Irrigated. (ii) Non - Agriculture/ Private wasteland / banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non Residential 4.a Distance from Nearest River (Name/Distance) Beas / 800 m Beas /250 m Beas/ 450 m 4.b Distance from Nearest National / State Highway NH21 NH 21 NH 21 4.c Distance from Nearest Forest Area Nil Nil Nil 4.d Distance from Nearest Village / town Jagar Uba Uba 4.e Distance from Nearest Market/Area of Economic Pandoh Pandoh Pandoh Activity 5. Road accessibility Accessible Accessible 300 m Approach Road is required to be constructed 6. EHV line Passing Near By (Distance) 132 kv D/C Pandoh Bijini transmission line / 350 m 132 kv Kangu to Bajaura transmission line / 300 m 132 kv Kangu to Bajaura transmission line / 50 m 7. HT line Passing Near By 33 kv Pandoh Bijini / 500 m 33 kv Pandoh Bijini / 400 m 33 kv Pandoh Bijini. / 600 m 8. Telephone line Passing Near By Nil Nil Nil 9. National / State Highway Passing Near By NH 21 NH 21 NH Distance from Interstate / International Boundaries 435/ km J & K Border 431/ km J & K Border 430/ km J & K Border 11. No. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled Nil Nil Nil b. Trees to be lopped 12. No. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 50 Nil 150 b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non - Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled 20 Nil 50 b. Trees to be lopped 13. Distance from snow area 45 km 45 km 45 km 14. Distance from cultivated area 300 m 300 m 50 m 15. Altitude of Substation 835 m 823 m 840 m 16. Nearest distance from Airport 45 km (Bhunter Air port) 41 km (Bhunter Airport) 40 km (Bhunter Airport) 17. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Alternative Selected 1 km (Lakshmi Narayan mandir, Pandoh) Selected- Governent land with less number of trees to be felled. The site is away from any habitation or protected wild life area 3 km (Lakshmi Narayan mandir, Pandoh) 3.5 km (Lakshmi Narayan mandir, Pandoh)

101 98 Annexure 3 Alternative Route Analysis for Transmission Lines COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects T1-66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation SNo Description Route-A Route-B Route-C 1. Length of line Canal / River crossings 1/3 1/3 1/3 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) (ii) Wild life Sanctuary/National Park (in Hectare) Nil Nil Nil (iii) Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ 1.50 km 2.00 km 1.50 km National Park (with name) 4. Development of Tower site Number of towers Land to be acquired for tower base 5. Land Strata Hard Rock Hard Rock Hard Rock 6. Road accessibility 1.00km km 1.50km 7. Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture :- a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land/banjar sqm sqm sqm (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 8. EHV line Crossing 4 line 6 line 5 line 9. HT line crossings 1 line 2 line 2 line 10. Road crossing 7 line 6 line 6 line 11. National / State Highway Crossing 1 line Nil Nil 12. Telephone line crossing Nil Nil Nil 13. Length of line passing in the territory of other state Nil Nil Nil 14. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 15. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 164 No 20 No 200 No 30 No 164 No 28 No 25 No 30 No 32 No (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 16. Length of line in snow area (km) Length of line in non-snow area Nil Nil Nil 18. Length of line in cultivated area km km km 19. Length of line in un-cultivated area (km) Highest altitude en-route the line 2480 m 2500 m 2200 m 21. Nearest distance from Airport 200 km Shimla 200 km Shimla 200 km Shimla 22. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Chhitkul 45km Chhitkul 45km Chhitkul 45km 23. Name of villages involved/name of District Kutoun, Urni, Choling Kutoun, Urni, Choling, Kutoun, Urni, Choling, Tapri, Dharmlin, Yashing, Tapri, Tapri, Dharmling, Yashing, Dharyashing Distt. Dharmlin, Yashing, Dharyashing Distt. Kinnaur Kinnaur Dharyashing Distt. Kinnaur 24. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) ha 5.5 ha 5.84 ha b. Cost Alternative Selected Selected- Least number of trees to be felled as compared to other routes and least forestland involvement. COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects T2-220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. SNo Description Route-A Route-B Route-C 1. Length of line km km km 2. Canal / River crossings Ravi Ravi Ravi 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) (ii) Wild life Sanctuary/National Park (in Hectare) Nil Nil Nil (iii) Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National 6.0 km.(tundah Wild 6.0 km.(tundah Wild 6.0 km.(tundah Wild Life) Park Life) Life) 4. Development of Tower site 7 nos. 8 nos. 9 nos. Number of towers 15X15 sqm. 15X15 sqm. 15X15 sqm. Land to be acquired for tower base 5. Land Strata Sandy Loam of Quartzite Sandy Loam of Quartzite Sandy Loam of Quartzite 6. Road accessibility Yes (Chamba-Bharmour State Highway) 7. Private land (in ha.) Yes (Chamba-Bharmour State Highway)s Yes (Chamba-Bharmour State Highway)

102 SNo Description Route-A Route-B Route-C (i) Agriculture:- Nil Nil Nil a. Irrigated Nil Nil Nil b. Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture / Private waste land / banjar. Nil Nil Nil (iii) House or Building: a. Residential Nil b. Non-Residential Nil Nil Nil 8. EHV line Crossing Nil Nil Nil 9. HT line crossings 01 nos. 01 nos. 01 nos. 10. Road crossing National / State Highway Crossing Telephone line crossing Nil Nil Nil 13. Length of line passing in the territory of other state Nil Nil Nil 14. Nos. of Forest Trees :- a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 15. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 55 Nil 22 Nil Nil 18 Nil Nil 16. Length of line in snow area km Km km. 17. Length of line in non-snow area Nil Nil Nil 18. Length of line in cultivated area km km km. 19. Length of line in un-cultivated area km km km. 20. Highest altitude en-route the line m m m. 21. Nearest distance from Airport 200 km. 200 km. 200 km. 22. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological 7 km.(chaurasi Temple) 7 km.(chaurasi Temple) 7 km.(chaurasi Temple) sites 23. Name of villages involved/name of District Khanni, Lahal/Chamba Khanni, Lahal/Chamba Khanni, Lahal/Chamba 24. Land to be permanently acquired: a. Area (in ha) Nil Nil Nil b. Cost Alternative Selected Selected- Forest reserve areas avoided. Interference with the houses/buildings is the least T3-132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation SNo Description Route A Route B (B-line) 1. Length of line 6.45 km km. 2. Canal / River crossings Nil Nil 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) (ii)wild life Sanctuary/National Park (in Hectare) (iii) Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park (with name) 4. Development of Tower site Number of towers Land Strata Rocky sloping land Rocky sloping land 6. Road accessibility Partially Accessible with SH 37 near Kurthla end. Partially Accessible with SH 37 near Kurthla end. 7. Private land (in ha.) (i) Agriculture : (Agriculture non Irrigated) (Agriculture non Irrigated ) a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated (Non Agriculture) (Non Agriculture) (ii) Non-Agriculture/ Private waste land/banjar. (iii) House or Building: a. Residential b. Non-Residential 8. EHV line Crossing Nil Nil 9. HT line crossings Road crossing National / State Highway Crossing Telephone line crossing Nil Nil 13. Length of line passing in the territory of other state Nil Nil 14. Nos. of Forest Trees :- To be accessed after preliminary To be accessed after preliminary survey a. Trees to be felled survey b. Trees to be lopped 15. Nos. of private trees (i) Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped Nil Nil 20 Nil Nil To be accessed after preliminary survey (ii) Non-Fruit Trees: a. Trees to be felled b. Trees to be lopped 16. Length of line in snow area 6.45 km km. 17. Length of line in non-snow area Nil Nil 18. Length of line in cultivated area km km Nil Nil 12 Nil Nil 99 To be accessed after preliminary survey

103 SNo Description Route A Route B (B-line) 19. Length of line in un-cultivated area km km. 20. Highest altitude en-route the line 2180 m MSL 2412 m MSL 21. Nearest distance from Airport Gaggal 175 km, 68.5 km aerial Gaggal 182 km. 67 km aerial 22. Distance from nearest religious or Archaeological sites Bharmour (58.2 km aerial) Bharmour (59 km aerial) 23. Name of villages involved/name of District Lddan Niuma Juthed, Galua and Hanswani and Kurthla Banjal, Lddan Niuma Juthed, Galua Hanswani and Kurthla 24. Land to be permanently acquired: c) Area (in ha. Nil Nil d) Cost. Alternative Selected Selected- Less agricultural land used and least number of trees are affected. T4-132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line ROUTE SURVEY WORK UNDERWAY BY HPPTCL # Sno. Description Route no.1 Route no.2 Route no.3 1 Approximate line length in km 2 River/Nalla Crossing 3 Government area involvement i) Nos. of towers ii).approximate Length (in km) iii) 35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 4 Forest area involvement i.)nos. of towers ii).approximate Length (in km) iii)18mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) iv) wild life sanctuary/ National park (in Ha) v) Approximate distance from nearest wild life sanctuary 5 Development of Tower site a Number of Towers b Number of Gantries c Land to be acquired for Tower base (in Ha) bench20.00x normal 6 Non Cohesive Cohesive Soft rock Hard rock 7 Road accessibility in km (Average lead from road to proposed line route.) 8 Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line. i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated ii. Un Cultivated iii. House or Building a. Residential b. Non residential 9 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. 10 H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate Nos. 11 Road crossing in Approximate Nos. 12 National /State crossing in Approximate Nos. 13 Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nos. 14 length of route / line passing in the territory of other state 15 Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land Cutting non cutting 16 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route i. fruit trees Cutting non cutting ii. non fruit trees Cutting non cutting 17 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers 18 Approximate Length of line route in non-snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers 19 Approximate Length of line route in cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 20 Approximate Length of line route in Un-cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 21 Approximate Length of line route in Government/Shamlat area (in km) Nos. of towers Reserved forest 100

104 Sno. Description Route no.1 Route no.2 Route no.3 Nos. of towers 22 Highest Approximate altitude in route the line (in metres) 23 Approximate distance from Nearest Airport 24 Approximate distance from Nearest Religious / archaeological sites 25 Name of District 26 Land to be permanently acquired (for towers) Area in Ha Alternative Selected # For the above transmission line, the route survey works are underway. The data regarding details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award. COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects T5-220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti Sno. Description Route A (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Black) 1 Approximate line length in km River/Nalla Crossing Government area involvement i) Nos. of towers ii).approximate Length (in km) iii) 35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) Forest area involvement i.)nos. of towers ii).approximate Length (in km) Nil iii)18mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) iv) wild life sanctuary/ National park (in Ha) Nil nil nil v) Approximate distance from nearest wild life sanctuary 1.50 km 5 Development of Tower site a Number of Towers b Number of Gantries Nil 4 nil c Land to be acquired for Tower base (in Ha) 2.80Ha 2.92Ha 2.68 Ha bench20.00x normal 6 Land strata of tower locations Non Cohesive Cohesive Soft rock Hard rock Road accessibility in km (Average lead from road to proposed line route.) 0.80 km 1.20 km 1.50km 8 Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line. i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated c. Irrigated Nil d. Non-irrigated ii. Un Cultivated iii. House or Building c. Residential d. Non residential nil nil nil 9 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. 2 times nil nil 10 H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate Nos. 17 times 14 times 11 times 11 Road crossing in Approximate Nos. 24 times 20 times 12 times 12 National /State crossing in Approximate Nos. Nil nil nil 13 Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nos. Nil Nil Nil 14 length of route / line passing in the territory of other state Nil nil nil 15 Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land a. Cutting b. Non cutting 16 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route i. fruit trees a. Cutting b. Non cutting ii. Non-fruit trees a. Cutting b. Non cutting 17 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers 18 Approximate Length of line route in non-snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers 19 Approximate Length of line route in cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 20 Approximate Length of line route in Un-cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 21 Approximate Length of line route in Government/Shamlat area (in km) Nos. of towers Reserved forest Nil nil nil Nil

105 Sno. Description Route A (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Black) Nos. of towers Nil Highest Approximate altitude in route the line (in 1,885 1,825 2,120 metres) 23 Approximate distance from Nearest Airport Shimla km Shimla km Shimla km 24 Approximate distance from Nearest Religious / Hatkoti Hatkoti Hatkoti archaeological sites 25 Name of District Shimla Shimla Shimla 26 Land to be permanently acquired (for towers) Area in Ha Alternative Selected Selected- Avoids houses and orchards in the RoW; and avoids the archeologically significant area. No reserve forest areas. Interference with the houses/buildings is the least. COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects T6-33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP Sno. Description Route A Route B Route C 1 Approximate transmission line length in km km km 11 km 2 River/Nalla Crossing 1 Nil 1 3 Government area involvement i) Nos. of towers ii).approximate Length (in km) iii) 35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 4 Forest area involvement ha ha 9.11 ha i.) Nos. of towers ii).approximate Length (in km) iii)18mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) iv) wild life sanctuary/ National park (in Ha) Nil Nil Nil v) Approximate distance from nearest wild life sanctuary 150 km / The great Himalayan National park 143 km / The great Himalayan National park km / The great Himalayan National Park. 5 Development of Tower site a Number of Towers 100 No 67 No 90 No b Number of Gantries c Land to be acquired for Tower base (in Ha) 2m x 2 m 2m x 2m 2m x 2m bench20.00x normal 6 Land Strata Cohesive soil/ Non cohesive soil/ soft rock Cohesive soil/ Non cohesive soil/ soft rock Cohesive soil/ Non cohesive soil/ soft rock 7 Road accessibility in km (Average lead from road to proposed transmission line route.) Maximum distance from road Road will be 2 km Maximum distance from road Road will be 2 km Maximum distance from road Road will be 2 km 8. Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line. i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated ha Non irrigated ha Non Irrigated ha Non Irrigated a. Irrigated b. Non-irrigated ii. Un Cultivated iii. House or Building a. Residential b. Non residential 9 Approximate EHV line crossing in no. Nil Nil Nil 10 H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate Nos Road crossing in Approximate Nos National /State crossing in Approximate Nos. 2 Nil 1 13 Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nos. Nil Nil Nil 14 length of route / line passing in the territory of other Nil Nil Nil state 15 Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land a. Cutting b. Non cutting 16 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route i. fruit trees a. Cutting b. Non cutting ii. non fruit trees a. Cutting b. Non cutting 17 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area (in km) 18 Approximate Length of line route in non-snow zone area (in km) 19 Approximate Length of line route in cultivated area (in km) 20 Approximate Length of line route in Un-cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 21 Highest Approximate altitude in route the line (in metres) % 100 % 100 % Nil Nil Nil 1200 m 800 m 1600m m 7626 m 9400 m 2360 m 2360m 2360m 22 Approximate distance from Nearest Airport 50 km (Bhunter Airport.) 50 km (Bhunter Airport.) 50 km (Bhunter Airport.) 23 Approximate distance from Nearest Religious / 800 m Vashist Temple 800 m Vashist Temple 800 m Vashist Temple

106 Sno. Description Route A Route B Route C archaeological sites 24 Name of District Palchan, Kolang, Barua, Bhang, Vashist, Bhang, Vashist, Dharnu, Chachoga, Barua, Bhang, Vashist, Dharnu, Chachoga, Aleo Dharnu, Chachoga, Aleo. Aleo. 25 Land to be permanently acquired (for towers) a. Area in Ha ha ha b. Cost Alternative Selected Selected- Optimal distance from the wild life sanctuaries and away from the habitation. Least number of trees are required to be affected. T7-132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor Sno. Description Route A (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Green) 1 Approximate line length in km River/Nalla Crossing 1/7 1/7 1/7 3 Government area involvement i) Nos. of towers ii).approximate Length (in km) iii) 35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) 4 Forest area involvement i.)nos. of towers ii).approximate Length (in km) iii)35 mtr ROW Approximate area (in hectares) iv) wild life sanctuary/ National park (in Ha) N/A N/A N/A v) Approximate distance from nearest wild life sanctuary N/A N/A N/A 5 Development of Tower site a Number of Towers b Number of Gantries c Land to be acquired for Tower base (in Ha) bench20.00x normal Land strata of Tower Location Non Cohesive 20% 40% 47% Cohesive 40% 23% 23% Soft rock 19% 19% 19% Hard rock 31% 16% 21% 7 Road accessibility in km (Average lead from road to proposed line route.) Approximate Private land involvement in hectares for the line. i. Agricultural (in Ha) Cultivated c. Irrigated d. Non-irrigated ii. Un Cultivated iii. House or Building c. Residential d. Non residential 9 Approximate EHV line crossing in no H T / 11kV line crossing in Approximate Nos Road crossing in Approximate Nos National /State crossing in Approximate Nos Telephone line crossing in Approximate Nos length of route / line passing in the territory of other state Approximate Nos. of Trees in Forest land Cutting non cutting 16 Approximate Nos. of Private Trees in line route i. fruit trees Cutting non cutting ii. non fruit trees Cutting non cutting 17 Approximate Length of line route in snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers 18 Approximate Length of line route in non-snow zone area (in km) Nos. of towers 19 Approximate Length of line route in cultivated area (in % 85% 100% 20% 15% 0% 103

107 Sno. Description Route A (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Green) km) Nos. of towers 20 Approximate Length of line route in Un-cultivated area (in km) Nos. of towers 22 Highest Approximate altitude in route the line (in metres) Approximate distance from Nearest Airport 55oo Approximate distance from Nearest Religious / archaeological sites Name of District Kulu Kulu Kulu 26 Land to be permanently acquired (for towers) Area in Ha Alternative Selected Selected- Less tree cutting, minimum length of transmission line through inaccessible terrain. T8-220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL SNo Description Route A (Red) Route B (Blue) Route C (Green) 1. Length of line Canal / River crossings 1/3 1/3 1/4 3. (i) Forest Area (in Hectare) (ii)35 m ROW approximate area (in Ha) (ii) Wild life Sanctuary/National Park (in Hectare) (iii) Distance from nearest Wildlife sanctuary/ National Park Development of Tower site - Number of towers - Land to be acquired for tower base 5. Land Strata ot Tower Location Non Cohesive 20% 40% 47% Cohesive 40% 23% 23% Soft Rock 19% 19% 19% Hard Rock 31% 16% 21% 6. Road accessibility Agriculture Private land (in ha.) (i):-cultivated - Irrigated - Non-irrigated (ii) Non-Agriculture / Private waste land (iii) House or Building: - Residential - Non-Residential Approximate EHV line crossing in No HT/11kV line crossing in approximate No Road crossing in approximate No National/ State crossing in approximate N Telephone line crossing in approximate No Length of Route/ line passing in the territory of other state Nos. of Forest Trees :- - Trees to be felled - Trees to be lopped 11. Nos. of private trees Fruit Trees: - Trees to be felled - Trees to be lopped Non-Fruit Trees: - Trees to be felled - Trees to be lopped 12. Length of line in mountainous area 13. Length of line in non-mountaneous area 14. Length of line in cultivated area 15. Length of line in un-cultivated area 16. Highest altitude en-route the line 17. Distance from nearest airport 18. Distance from nearest religious or archaeological sites 19. Name of villages involved/name of District 20. Land to be permanently acquired: - Area (in ha) - Cost. Alternative chosen % 85% 86 % 20% 15% 0% 1500m 1545m 1560m 5500m 6000m 6550m Kulu Kulu Kulu Selected- Less tree cutting and away from the habitation

108 105 Annexure 4 Inventorisation along the Transmission Lines COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects T1-66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation Sno. Angle Point/Tower Number Distance between two towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil From To 1 Bay T Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x14 - Government Land 2 T-1 T Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 16x Private Land 3 T-2 T Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x Government Land 4 T-3 T Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Private Land 5 T-4 T Kutno Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x Government Land 6 T-5 T Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x Government Land 7 T-6 T Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x Government Land 8 T-7 T Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 14x Government Land 9 T-8 T Urni Nichar Kinnaur 1 18x Government Land 10 T-9 T Tapri Nichar Kinnaur 1 18x Government Land 11 T-10 T Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 12 T-11 T Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 13 T-12 T Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 14 T-13 T Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Private Land 15 T-14 T Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Private Land 16 T-15 T Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 17 T-16 T Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 18 T-17 T Zanakpuri Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 19 T-18 T Chigaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Private Land Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Name of Crops Khasra nos. Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) Banjar 353/2 NIL NIL Government Land Banjar 352/1 NIL NIL Sh. Shubash Chand etc. Banjar 350/1 26 NIL Government Land Banjar 315/3/1 7 NIL Sh Birsain etc. Banjar 1/3 NIL NIL Government Land Banjar 508/2 4 NIL Government Land Banjar 716/784/654/622/512/1 10 NIL Government Land Banjar 216/3 24 NIL Government Land Banjar 216/4 34 NIL Government Forest Banjar 216/5 4 NIL Government Forest Banjar 951/2 4 NIL Government Land Banjar 950/3 17 NIL Government Land Banjar 1060/1123/949/2 Nil NIL Government Land Uncultivated 1061/1123/949/2 Nil NIL Sh Malwar Etc. Uncultivated 950/3 Nil NIL Sh Sukh Chand Banjar 1061/232/4 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 1061/232/5 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 1061/232/5 Nil NIL Government Land Uncultivated 1022/454/2 Nil NIL Sh Rakesh Kumar etc.

109 106 Sno. Angle Point/Tower Number Distance between two towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil From To 20 T-19 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 21 T-20 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 22 T-21 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 23 T-22 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 24 T-23 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 25 T-24 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 26 T-25 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 27 T-26 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 28 T-27 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 29 T-28 T Chagaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 30 T-29 T Chigaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 31 T-30 T Chigaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 32 T-31 T Chigaon Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 33 T-32 T No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 34 T-33 T No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 14X Government Land 35 T-34 T No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 36 T-35 T No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 37 T-36 T No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 38 T-37 T No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 39 T-38 T No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 16X Government Land 40 T-39 T No village Nichar Kinnaur 1 18X Government Land 41 T-40 T Wangtoo Nichar Kinnaur 1 18X18 Susbstation Land Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Name of Crops Khasra nos. Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) Banjar 1022/454/3 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 181/1/2 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 485/2 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 485/3 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 485/3 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 1 NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 3 NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land Banjar 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land - 10/20 Nil NIL Government Land - Nil NIL Government Land

110 107 Sno. Angle Point/Tower Number Distance between two towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Name of Crops Khasra nos. Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) From To 42 T-41 T Wangtoo Nichar Kinnaur 1 18X18 Susbstation Land 43 T Wangtoo Nichar Kinnaur 1 18X18 Susbstation Land - Nil NIL Government Land - Nil NIL Government Land COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects T2-220 kv single circuit (S/C) transmission line from 33/220 kv Lahal substation upto 220 kv yard of Budhil HEP. SNo Angle Point/Tower Distance between two angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (K m) Number From To Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District No. of Towers Area of tower (m²) (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Use of Land Name of Crops Number of trees under cutting No. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (starting tower) Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) 1 Gantry At Budhil End T Khani Bharmour Chamba Gantry Gantry 2100 Private land Budhil Hydro Project. Barren - Nil Budhil Hydro Project. 2 T3-132 kv S/C transmission line from 33/132 kv GIS substation Banjal to 33/132 kv Kurthala substation T-1 T Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X Private land J.S.W.Ltd. Barren 0 Nil J.S.W.Ltd. - 3 T-2 T Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X Private land Forest Deptt. Barren 07 Nil T-3 T Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X Forest land Forest Deptt. Barren 12 Nil T-4 T Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X Forest land Forest Deptt. Barren 08 Nil T-5 T Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X Forest land Forest Deptt. Barren 12 Nil T-6 T Khani Bharmour Chamba 01 15X Forest land Forest Deptt. Barren 10 Nil T-7 T Lahal Bharmour Chamba 01 15X Forest land Forest Deptt. Maize 06 Nil HPPTCL HPPTCL 9 T-8 Gantry Lahal Bharmour Chamba 01 15X Forest land Forest Deptt. Maize Nil HPPTCL HPPTCL ROUTE SURVEY WORK UNDERWAY BY HPPTCL# S no. Angle Point/Tower Number Budhil Hydro Project. Distance between two towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Name of Crops Khasra nos. Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) From To

111 108 S no. Angle Point/Tower Number From To Distance between two towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Name of Crops Khasra nos. Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) # For the above transmission line, the route survey works are underway. The data regarding details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award. T4-132 D/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line (DETAILED SURVEY UNDERWAY#) S no. Angle Point/Tower Number From To Distance betweentwo towers/angle points in km Approximate Distance of transmissionline from nearby village (km) Approx Name of Villages Name of Tehsil 1 0 T1 0 - Chambi Shahpur Kangra 1 12X12 27m Forest/Government Land. 2 T1 T Mundla Shahpur Kangra 10 12X12 27m Forest/Government Land. 3 T11 T Meharna Shahpur Kangra 11 12X12 27m Forest/Government Land. 4 T21 T 37 5 Uninhabit Darba Kangra Kangra 16 12X12 27m Forest/Government ed Land. Village. Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower(in m²) Area under the ROW Ownership of land(private, Government Forest) Use of land Name of Crops Number of trees undercutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) nos. of affected SC/ST/ Tribal households(if Any) Non- Agriculture NIL Detailed survey NIL NA NIL Non- Agriculture NIL underway. NIL NA NIL Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL 5 T37 T Shamirpur Khas Kangra Kangra 7 12X12 27m Forest/Government Land. Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL 6 T 44 T Shamirpur Chakuuan Kangra Kangra 3 12X12 27m Forest/Government Land. Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL 7 T 47 T LILO point at New Kangra. Kangra Kangra 10 12X12 27m Forest/Government Land. Non- Agriculture NIL NIL NA NIL # For the above transmission line, the route survey works are underway. The data regarding details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

112 109 SN o COMPONENT III: Rohru PIU (Shimla District) subprojects Angle Point/Tower numbers FRO TO M Distance between two tower/angle points T5-220 kv D/C transmission line from 220/132 kv GIS PS Sunda to 220 kv switching station Hatkoti Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) 1 BAY T Chirgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1125 Nil Sh.Gopi Chand 2 T-1 T Chirgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1179 Nil Sh.Mehender 3 T-2 T Peja Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) Sh.Lakhi Ram 4 T-3 T Peja Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1327 Nil Sh. Shiv Ram 5 T-4 T Peja Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 946 Nil Sh.Neg Pati 6 T-5 T Masli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 1218 Nil Hajari Nand 7 T-6 T Mandli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 10 4 Government Land Mandli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Government Land T-7 T-8 Land Mandli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government /73 Nil Government Land T-8 T-9 Land Mandli Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government /73 5 Government Land T-9 T-10 Land Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Government Land T-10 T-11 Land Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Dharm Singh T-11 T-12 Land 13 T-12 T Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 2278 Nil Sh.Dharm Sain Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Government Land T-13 T-14 Land Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Government Land T-14 T-15 Land 16 T-15 T Thali Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) Nil 17 T-16 T Badiara Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 4 Nil 18 T-17 T Badiara Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 566 Nil Nil 19 T-18 T Badiara Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 560 Nil Nil 20 T-19 T Badiara Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Orchard 569 Nil Nil Kulgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government GovernmentLand T-20 T-21 Land Kulgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil GovernmentLand T-21 T-22 Land Kulgaon Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government - - Nil Nil T-22 T-23 Land 24 T-23 T Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Nil Sh.Lachminand 25 T-24 T Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Sh.Nejamdeen 26 T-25 T Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Nil GovernmentLand Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Government Land T-26 T-27 Land 28 T-27 T Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Nil Smt Thakri Daasi 29 T-28 T Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 993/94 Nil Thakuli 30 T-29 T Bijori Chirgaon Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Kalmi Nand Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Use of Land Name of Crops Khasra no. Number of trees under cutting Name of land Owner

113 SN o Angle Point/Tower numbers FRO TO M Distance between two tower/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Land Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Rajender T-30 T-31 Land Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Rajender T-31 T-32 Land Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Rafik T-32 T-33 Land Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Safi Mohamand T-33 T-34 Land Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Safi Mohamand T-34 T-35 Land 36 T-35 T Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (Apple) 703 Nil Ram Dutt 37 T-36 T Jakhar Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Nil Kanah Singh 38 T-37 T Kutu Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Nil Narad Singh 39 T-38 T Kutu Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Kanah Singh 40 T-39 T Kutu Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Mandir Thakur Land 41 T-40 T Kutu Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Smt.Devi Land 42 T-41 T Rohru Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Sh.Pamananad 43 T-42 T Rohru Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land T-43 T Rohru Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 945/860/1 5 Smt. Bhadri Devi 45 T-44 T Gangtoli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land - 7 Nil (Pauli 46 T-45 T Gangtoli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land - Nil Nil 47 T-46 T Gangtoli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Orchard 6 5 Raj Kumar 48 T-47 T Gangtoli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Orchard 229 Nil Kalsu 49 T-48 T Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government --- Orchard Land 50 T-49 T Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Un-Cultivated Land Nil Nil 51 T-50 T Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Nil Land 52 T-51 T Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Nil Land 53 T-52 T Barada Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Nil Land 54 T-53 T Ukli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Sh.Bela Ram Land 55 T-54 T Parasa Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Land Orchard (apple) Sh.Bela Ram 56 T-55 T Ukli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Sh.Bela Ram Land 57 T-56 T Ukli Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Sh. Kushal Land 58 T-57 T Dhara Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Government Land Land 59 T-58 T Dhara Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Sh.Amru Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Use of Land Name of Crops Khasra no. Number of trees under cutting 110 Name of land Owner

114 SN o Angle Point/Tower numbers FRO TO M Distance between two tower/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Land 60 T-59 T Dhara Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Land Use of Land Name of Crops Khasra no. Number of trees under cutting Nil S.Hsurender 61 T-60 T Dhara Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Government Land Land 62 T-61 T Kayarku Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Government Land Land 63 T-62 T Kayarku Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Snjeev Kumar Land 64 T-63 T Kayarku Rohru Shimla 1 15x15 25M Government Nil Gyan Singh Land 65 T-64 T Patsari Jubbal Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Orchard (Apple) Sh.Gyan Singh 66 T-65 T Patsari Jubbal Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Orchard (Apple) Sh. Sheeshmu 67 T-66 T Patsari Jubbal Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Orchard (apple) 6 Nil 68 T-67 T Patsari Jubbal Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Orchard (apple) Government Land 69 T-68 T Patsari Jubbal Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Orchard (apple) 1211 Nil Keshv Ram 70 T-69 T Patsari Jubbal Shimla 1 15x15 25M Private Land Cultivated Orchard (apple) Nil 71 T-70 * including fruit and forest trees Name of land Owner

115 S N o COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects T6-33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP Angle Point/Tower Number From To Distance between two angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in Hect) Palchan Manali Kullu Government Forest Nil 20 Nil do-- --d-- -do Government Forest Nil 20 Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Road Nil Nil Private Total Banjar Nil Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Private Total Forest Banjar Nil Nil 20 Nil Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil 10 Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil 20 Nil Barua --do-- --do Government Forest Nil 20 Nil do-- --do-- --do Area under the ROW (in Hect) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Government Private Total Use of Land Forest Bagicha do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Private Bagicha Apple 20 Sh. Dalatu etc. 422/ Kulang --do-- --do Private Bagicha Apple 20 Sh. Ludar Chand etc. 445/ do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Private Total Banjar Bhang --do-- --do Government Forest do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Private Total Forest Bagicha do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil 40 Name of Crops Nil Apple Nil Apple Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner 112 Khasara Nos.

116 S N o Angle Point/Tower Number From To Distance between two angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil Vashisht --do-- --do Government Forest Nil 25 A A do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil 30 A A do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil Khosala --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do A Area of tower (in Hect) Area under the ROW (in Hect) do-- --do-- --do Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Government Private Total Government Private Total Use of Land Forest Bagicha Forest Bagicha A Dharaun --do-- --do Government Forest Nil 25 u do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Private Total Forest Bagicha Nil Apple do-- --do-- --do do-- --do-- --do do-- --do-- --do Government Private Total Government Private Government Private Forest Bagicha Forest Bagicha Forest Bagicha Name of Crops Nil Apple Nil Apple Nil Apple Nil Apple Nil Apple Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household 113 Name of the Land Owner Khasara Nos. Sh. Anup Ram 1183/2 Sh. Urgyan Tandoop 519/2

117 S N o Angle Point/Tower Number From To Distance between two angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in Hect) do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Private Forest Bagicha Nil Apple do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil Chachog a --do-- --do Government Private Forest Bagicha Nil Apple do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil Private Bagicha Apple do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Area under the ROW (in Hect) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Government Private Total Use of Land Forest Bagicha Aleo --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Private Forest Bagicha do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Private Total Forest Bagicha Nil Apple do-- --do-- --do Government Private Total Forest Bagicha do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil do-- --do-- --do Government Forest Nil 15 Name of Crops Nil Apple Nil apple Nil Apple Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner 114 Khasara Nos. ShMahinder Pal Etc 11/2 Sh. Jog Dhayan. 38/2 Sh. Chhetan Ringjin 903/2 Roshan Lal etc. 1565/1/ 1 Sh. Tassi Daba Etc. 1583/2

118 115 Sno Angle Point/Tower Number From To T7-132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor ROUTE SURVEY WORK UNDERWAY BY HPPTCL#. Distance between two towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Name of Crops Khasra nos. Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) Nos. of affected tribal households (if Any) # For the above transmission line, the route survey works are underway. The data regarding details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award. S no. Angle Point/Tower Number From To T8-220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL ROUTE SURVEY UNDER WAY BY HPPTCL# Distance between two towers/angle points Approximate Distance of transmission line from nearby village (i m) Name of Villages Name of Tehsil Name of District Nos. of Towers Area of tower (in m²) Area under the ROW (in m²) Ownership of land (private, Government Forest) Name of Crops Khasra nos. Number of trees under cutting Nos. of affected Household Name of the Land Owner in case of private land (Ending Tower) Nos. of affected tribal households (if Any) # For the above transmission line, the route survey works are underway. The data regarding details of forest/non-forest, fruit/non-fruit trees being affected, land details are being collected by HPPTCL. This supplementary information will be supplied for each of these subprojects by HPPTCL to ADB for prior approval before contract award.

119 116 Annexure 5 Environment Management Plan (EMP) Project Activity Potential Environmental Impact PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE Mitigation Action Parameters to be Monitored Standards/ Measurement/ Frequency Institutional Responsibility Implementat ion Schedule A Physical Resources Equipment Release of chemicals and specifications harmful gases in and design receptors (air, water, parameters land) B Environment Resources Location of land for Impact to the existing environment substations/tran smission towers Substation Noise generation location and Exposure to noise, design Nuisance to neighbouring properties Location of Impact on water bodies / transmission land/ residences towers and transmission line alignment and design Interference Temporary flooding with drainage hazards/loss of patterns/irrigati agricultural production on channels C Ecological Resources Encroachment Loss of precious into precious ecological values/ ecological damage to precious areas species Cutting of Trees Loss of trees along the RoW PCBs, Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), including halons not used in transformers, or any other equipment. Construction facilities should be placed at suitable distance from water bodies, natural flow paths, important ecological habitats and residential areas Substation location/designed to ensure noise will not be a nuisance to neighbouring properties. Consideration of site location to avoid water bodies or agricultural land/orchards as much as possible. Careful site selection to avoid existing settlements Appropriate siting of towers to avoid channel interference Avoid encroachment by careful site and alignment selection and reconnaissance before final siting of facilities. The number of trees can be minimised by using flexible tower placement, conductor heightening, and selecting hilltop to hilltop route Transformers and other equipment specifications compliant with GoI rules/regulations & (International Electrotechnical Commission) IEC standards Water and Air Quality Expected noise emissions based on substation design, noise levels Site location, transmission line alignment selection (distance to dwelling, water and/or agricultural land) Site location and transmission line alignment selection Floral and faunal habitats loss Trees loss Exclusion of PCBs, CFCs stated in tender documents - Once. Air quality Standards and Water Quality standards Once Noise control regulations Noise levels to be specified in tender documents-once Consultation with local authorities and land owners, water quality standards- Once Consultation with local authorities and design engineers Once Enumeration of flora and fauna at site - Once Tree Enumeration by EPC and forest department-once HPPTCL HPPTCL HPPTCL HPPTCL HPPTCL ESC of HPPTCL ESC of HPPTCL Detailed design Detailed design Detailed design Part of detailed project siting and survey and design Detailed alignment survey and design Detailed design Detailed Design and Planning stage

120 117 Project Activity Potential Environmental Impact D Human Environment Involuntary Loss of lands and resettlement or structures land acquisition Encroachment into farmland Location and design of Substation Location of transmission towers and transmission line alignment and design Loss of agricultural productivity Disturbance to adjacent lands and the people due to cut and fill operations Exposure to Electromagnetic Frequency (EMF) and other safety related risks Mitigation Action Compensation paid for temporary/ permanent loss of productive land Avoid siting towers on farmland/orchards wherever possible Farmers compensated for any permanent loss of productive fruit trees that need to be trimmed or removed along RoW. Maintain adequate clearance, construction of retaining structures, minimise cut and fill operations adjoining the dwellings Setback of dwellings to overhead line route designed in accordance with Indian Electricity Act (Rule 77 & 80) for each permitted level of power frequency and its proper supervision at each tower site. Explosions/Fire Hazards to life Design of substations to include modern fire control systems/firewalls. CONSTRUCTION PHASE Provision of fire fighting equipment to be located close to transformers, switchgear Parameters to be Monitored Public complaints Tower location and transmission line alignment selection Statutory approvals for tree trimming /removal from Horticulture department Implementation of crop and tree compensation (based on affected area) Transformers and specifications and compliance with setback distances ( asbuilt diagrams) Tower location and transmission line alignment selection with respect to nearest dwellings Once Substation design compliance with fire prevention and control codes Standards/ Measurement/ Frequency Rates paid as per the Resettlement plan/frame work for the project Once Consultation with local authorities and design engineers - Once Technical specification- Once Measure setback distances to nearest house structures Once Setback distances to nearest houses, clearance of conductor from ground Once Tender document to mention detailed specifications Once Institutional Responsibility ESC of HPPTCL ESC of HPPTCL HPPTCL HPPTCL HPPTCL Implementat ion Schedule Prior to construction phase Part of detailed alignment survey and design Detailed design Part of tower siting survey and detailed alignment survey and design Part of detailed substation layout and design /drawings A Physical Resources Site clearance Soil erosion and surface runoff Construction near seasonal rivers, erosion and flood-prone areas should be restricted to the non-rainy season. Provision and maintenance of drains and Soil erosion Visual inspection (Turbidity and sedimentation) Once Contractor through contract provisions under Construction period

121 118 Project Activity Removal of disturbance to public utility services-water supply, sanitation Potential Environmental Impact Public inconvenience Mitigation Action retention ponds. Treat clearing and filling areas against flow acceleration and construction work should be carefully designed to minimise obstruction or destruction to natural drainage. Advance notice to the public about the time and the duration of the utility disruption. Use of well trained and experienced machinery operators to reduce accidental damage to the public utilities - pipelines Parameters to be Monitored Disruption to other commercial and public activities/public complaints Standards/ Measurement/ Frequency Technical specification per public complaint Once each time Institutional Responsibility supervision of HPPTCL HPPTCL and Contractor through contract provisions Implementat ion Schedule Throughout construction period Equipment layout and installation Surplus earthwork/soil SF 6 leakage during storage and erection of Switchgear Runoff to cause water pollution, solid waste disposal B Environment Resources Equipment Noise and vibrations layout and installation Substation construction Restore the utilities immediately to overcome public inconvenience Record of all substation switchgear, cylinders located within secure casings Excess fill from tower foundation excavation to be reused on site or disposed of next to roads or around houses, in agreement with the local community or landowners. Selection of construction techniques and machinery to minimise ground disturbance. Loss of soil Cutting and filling for the substation foundations obtained by creating or improving local drainage system. Water pollution Minimize construction activities involving significant ground disturbance (i.e. substation land forming) during the Switchgear casings and substation bounded area. Location and amount (m 3 ) of fill disposal Soil disposal locations and volume (m 3 ) Construction techniques and machinery Borrow area siting (area of site in m 2 and estimated volume in m 3 ) Water Quality (ph, BOD/COD, suspended solids, other) during As per (International Electro-technical Commission) IEC standards - Once per year Appropriate fill disposal and dispersal locations - Quarterly Minimal ground disturbance - Monthly CPCB norms - Quarterly GoI water quality standards Once prior to start of HPPTCL, Contractor through contract provisions Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of ESC, HPPTCL Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of ESC, HPPTCL Contractor through contract provisions Throughout construction/er ection period Construction period Construction period Construction period Construction period

122 119 Project Activity Provision of facilities for construction workers Mechanised construction Construction of roads for accessibility to substations Potential Environmental Impact Contamination of receptors (land, water, air) Noise, vibration and operator safety, efficient operation Noise, vibration, equipment wear and tear Increase in airborne dust particles Increased land requirement for temporary accessibility Mitigation Action monsoon season. Provide drains retention ponds if required. and Construction workforce facilities to include proper sanitation, water supply and waste disposal facilities. Construction equipment to be well maintained. Construction techniques and Machinery selection to minimize ground disturbance. Proper maintenance and turning off plant not in use. Existing roads and tracks used for construction and maintenance access to the site wherever possible. New access ways restricted to a minimum of single carriageway width. C Ecological Resources Site clearance Vegetation Marking of vegetation to be removed prior to clearance, and strict control on clearing activities to ensure minimal clearance. Trimming/cuttin g of trees within RoW Loss of vegetation and deforestation Trees that can survive cutting should be pruned. Felled trees and other cleared or pruned vegetation to be disposed off by authorised agents/forest department. Parameters to be Monitored major earthworks Amenities for Workforce. Construction techniques and equipment - estimated noise emissions and operating schedules Access roads, routes (length and width of access roads) Vegetation marking and clearance control (area in m 2 ) Species-specific tree retention as approved by statutory authorities (average and maximum tree height at maturity, in metres) Disposal of cleared vegetation as approved by the statutory authorities (area Standards/ Measurement/ Frequency construction activities Presence of proper sanitation, water supply and waste disposal facilities - Once Technical specifications, safety regulations, Noise control regulations - Quarterly Use of established roads wherever possible Access restricted to a minimum of single carriageway width- Once Clearance strictly limited to target vegetation-once Presence of target species in RoW following vegetation clearance Once. Institutional Responsibility under supervision of ESC, HPPTCL Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL HPPTCL, Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of forest department Implementat ion Schedule Construction period Construction period Construction period Construction period Construction period

123 120 Project Activity Wood/ vegetation harvesting, cut and fill operations Potential Environmental Impact Loss of vegetation and deforestation Effect on fauna D Human Environment Construction Noise nuisance to schedules for neighbouring properties substation Acquisition of cultivable lands Loss of agricultural productivity Mitigation Action Construction workers prohibited from harvesting wood in the project area during their employment. Prevent work force from disturbing the flora, fauna including hunting of animals and fishing in water bodies. Proper awareness programme regarding conservation of flora, fauna including ground vegetation to all workers. Minimize construction activities undertaken during the night and local communities informed of the construction schedule. Avoid faming/harvesting season for field crops wherever possible for the project activities. Ensure existing irrigation facilities are maintained in working condition Protect /preserve topsoil and reinstate after construction completed Repair /reinstate damaged bunds etc. after construction completed Parameters to be Monitored cleared in m 2 ) Illegal wood/vegetation harvesting (area in m 2, number of incidents reported) Habitat loss Timing of construction (noise emissions, dba) Land area of agriculture loss Usage of existing utilities Status of facilities (earthwork in m 3 ) Implementation of crop compensation (amount paid, dates, etc.) Standards/ Measurement/ Frequency Complaints by local people or other evidence of illegal harvesting Once Complaints by local people or other evidence of illegal hunting - Once Construction as per Scheduled timings only Loss of crops-work in post harvest period but before next crop Once per site Institutional Responsibility HPPTCL, Contractor through contract provisions. HPPTCL, Contractor through contract provisions HPPTCL, Contractor through contract provisions Implementat ion Schedule Construction period Construction period Construction period Throughout construction period Temporary use of land Losses to neighbouring land uses/ values Compensation for temporary loss in agricultural production Contract clauses specifying careful construction practices. As much as possible existing access ways will be used. Productive land will be reinstated following completion of construction Compensation will be paid for loss of Contract clauses Design basis and layout. Reinstatement of land status (area affected, m 2 ). Implementation of Tree/Crop compensation (amount paid). Incorporating good construction management, design engineering practices - Once. Consultation affected immediately completion construction with parties after of and Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL Construction period

124 121 Project Activity Transportation and storage of materials Potential Environmental Impact Nuisance to the general public Mitigation Action production, if any. Transport loading and unloading of construction materials should no cause nuisance to the people by way of noise, vibration and dust Avoid storage of construction materials beside the road, around water bodies, residential or public sensitive locations Parameters to be Monitored Standards/ Measurement/ Frequency after the first harvest Once. Water and Air Quality CPCB Emission standards and Water Quality standards - Quarterly Institutional Responsibility Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL Implementat ion Schedule Construction period Temporary outage of the electricity Health and safety Loss of power supply to the local community when distribution lines crossing the new transmission line are switched off Injury and sickness of workers and members of the public Construction materials should be stored in covered areas to ensure protection from dust, emissions and such materials should be bundled in environment friendly and nuisance free manner Advance notice to the public about the time and the duration of the utility disruption Restore the utilities immediately to overcome public inconvenience Contract provisions specifying minimum requirements for construction camps Contractor to prepare and implement a health and safety plan and provide workers with required PPE. Disruption of power supply to houses and commercial premises. Contract clauses (number of incidents and total lost-work days caused by injuries and sickness) Regular monitoring during the period of construction - At each public complaint. HPPTCL and ADB Health and safety standards - Monthly Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL, Contractor through contract provisions under supervision of HPPTCL Throughout the construction period Construction period Contractor to arrange for health and safety awareness programmes including on AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases (STD). Capacity Improve standards of Training of HPPTCL staff Training schedules Number of training Building implementation and program - monitoring Yearly OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PHASE A Physical Resources Operation of Leakage of SF6 gas Switchgear B Environmental Resources Record of all substation switchgear located within secure casings Switchgear and boundary casings substation Ozone Depleting substances Monthly HPPTCL- ESC HPPTCL Construction period Throughout the operation

125 122 Project Activity Soil Erosion at tower base of transmission line Oil spillage Potential Environmental Impact Removal of top soil Contamination of land/nearby water bodies C Ecological Recourses Trimming/cuttin Fire hazards g of trees within RoW D Human Environment Maintenance of Exposure to Transmission electromagnetic line interference Substation Exposure to maintenance electromagnetic interference Noise generation Electric shock Nuisance to the community around the site Death or injury to the workers and public Mitigation Action Planting of buffer zone species suitable for hilly terrain Substation transformers located within secure and impervious bundled areas with a storage capacity of at least 100% of the capacity of oil in transformers and associated reserve tanks. Trees allowed growing up to a height within the RoW by maintaining adequate clearance between the top of tree and the conductor as per the regulations. Regular pruning is required. Transmission line design to comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference from overhead power lines Substation design to comply with the limits of electromagnetic interference within floor area Provision of noise barriers near substation sites Security fences around substation Establishment of warning signs Parameters to be Monitored Turbidity of water (Visual Inspection) Substation bounding ( as-built diagrams) Species-specific tree retention as approved by statutory authorities (average and maximum tree height at maturity, in metres Required ground clearance (metres). Required vibrations levels Noise level noise Proper maintenance of fences and sign boards Standards/ Measurement/ Frequency Visual inspection (Turbidity and sedimentation)- Quarterly Hazardous Waste (Management, handling, Transboundary Movement) Rules Monthly Presence of target species in RoW following vegetation clearance) - Quarterly. Ground clearance, standards on EMF Annual Technical specifications on public complaint Noise level (dba)- Once a year Periodic maintenance Institutional Responsibility HPPTCL HPPTCL HPPTCL, with forest department HPPTCL HPPTCL HPPTCL HPPTCL Implementat ion Schedule Throughout the operations Throughout the operation Construction period Throughout the operations Throughout the operations Throughout the operations Throughout the operations Training for Electric safety Raising awareness for electrical safety measures Careful design using appropriate technologies to minimise hazards Usage of appropriate technologies (lost work days due to illness and injuries) Number of programmes and percent of staff/ workers covered Training of HPPTCL personnel. Training schedules Number of training program - Yearly HPPTCL-ESC Operations ESC Environment & Social Cell of HPPTCL

126 Annexure 6 Measurement of Environmental Parameters & Periodicity Environment al component Project stage Parameters to be monitored Location Frequen cy 123 Standards Rate (Rs.) Implementation Supervision 1.Air Quality 2.Water Quality A. Preconstruction stage (The project once assigned to contractor) B. Construction Stage C. Operation Stage A. Preconstruction stage (The project once assigned to contractor) B. Construction Stage C. Operation Stage PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NOx, SPM, CO along with Meteorological datatemperature Humidity, wind speed, wind direction PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NOx, SPM, CO along with Meteorological datatemperature Humidity, wind speed, wind direction PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NOx, SPM, CO along with Meteorological datatemperature Humidity, wind speed, wind direction EC, TSS, DO, BOD, P H Oil and grease, Pb, EC, TSS, DO, BOD, PH, Oil and grease, Pb EC, TSS, DO, BOD, P H Oil and grease, Pb Inside and outside (0.5 km) of the proposed substation Inside and outside (0.5 km) of the proposed substation Inside and outside (0.5 km) of the proposed substation Nearest downstream spring/handpum p wells (2 wells) around the substation Nearest downstream spring/handpum p wells (2 wells) around the substation Nearest downstream spring/handpum p wells (2 wells) around the One time Two times One time National Air quality standards of CPCB National Air quality standards of CPCB National Air quality standards of CPCB One time National water quality standards of CPCB Three times/yea r Yearly National water quality standards of CPCB National water quality standards of CPCB Per sample Rs. 15,000 Per sample Rs. 15,000 Per sample Rs. 15,000 Per sample Rs. 1,500 Per sample Rs. 1,500 Per sample Rs. 1,500 Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor/ PMU Contractor/ PMU PMU Contractor/ PMU Contractor/ PMU PMU

127 124 Environment al component Project stage Parameters to be monitored Location Frequen cy Standards Rate (Rs.) Implementation Supervision substation 3.Noise/ Vibration A. Preconstruction stage (The project once assigned to contractor) Noise level (db level) Inside and outside (0.25 km) of the proposed substation A single time CPCB standards for Noise and vibrations Per sample Rs. 6,000 Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor/ PMU B. Construction Stage C. Operation Stage 4. Soil A. Preconstruction stage (The project after assign to contractor) B. Construction Stage C. Operation Stage Noise level (db level) Noise level (db level) ESC Environment & Social Cell of HPPTCL PH, Sulfate (SO 3 ), Chloride, ORP, water Soluble salts EC, Organic Matter, Moisture Content PH, Sulfate (SO 3 ), Chloride, ORP, water Soluble salts EC, Organic Matter, Moisture Content PH, Sulfate (SO 3 ), Chloride, ORP, water Soluble salts EC, Organic Matter, Moisture Content Inside and outside (0.25 km) of the proposed substation Inside and outside (0.25 km) of the proposed substation Inside and outside (just close to the proposed site, 2 locations) of the proposed substation Inside and outside (just close to the proposed site, 2 locations) of the proposed substation Inside and outside (just close to the proposed site, 2 locations) of the proposed substation 2 times/ year Yearly A single time Two times A single time CPCB standards for Noise and vibrations CPCB standards for Noise and vibrations Technical specifications Technical specifications Technical specifications Per sample Rs. 6,000 Per sample Rs. 6,000 Per sample Rs. 1,500 Per sample Rs. 1,500 Per sample Rs. 1,500 Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor by CPCB approved laboratory Contractor/ PMU PMU Contractor/ PMU Contractor/ PMU PMU

128 125 Abbreviations: SO 2- -Sulphur Dioxide; NO 2- - Nitrogen Dioxide; CO- Carbon Monoxide; EC Electric Conductivity; Pb Lead; PM Particulate Matter <2.5; PM 10 - Particulate Matter <10; TSPM- Total suspended Particulate Matter; EC - Electrical Conductivity; DO - Dissolved Oxygen; TSS - Total Suspended Solids; BOD - Biological Oxygen Demand; NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards; NWQS - National water Quality Standards; HPPTCL HP Power Transmission Corporation Limited; ORP Oxidation Reduction Potential Notes: Transport/Accommodation & Sample collection cost, VAT are not included for the EMoP. Source for Rates: MoEF (CPCB) New Delhi, Notification Dated 15 June 2008 Nearest Board s Laboratory: Central Laboratory, H. P. State Environment Protection & Pollution Control Board, SCF 6, 7, 8, Sector-IV, Parwanoo, District. Solan , Himachal Pradesh

129 126 Annexure 7 Details of Public Consultations A7.I. Village wise List of the participants and their occupation are given in Tables A below. COMPONENT I. Bhabha Nagar PIU (Kinnaur District) subprojects Table A7.1 Villages involved in consultation at Subproject T1-66 kv double circuit (D/C) transmission line from 66 kv GIS Urni switching station to Wangtoo GIS substation Sl No Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the District Head Quarters Number of Participants 1 Chagaon Chagaon Kinnaur 5 km 6 2 Janakpuri (old Tapri) Chagoan Kinnaur 7 km 11 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHAGAON 1 Mr. Ashok Negi Horticulture 2 Mr. Satya pal Horticulture 3 Mr. Durga Singh Negi Horticulture 4 Mr. Bhagat Negi Government Job 5 Mr. Jiya Lal Negi Horticulture 6 Mr. Shiv Singh Negi Government Job Name of the Village: JANAKPURI (OLD TAPRI) 1 Mr. Chaman Lal Tailor 2 Mr. Dev Chand Carpenter 3 Mr. Dharam Chand Horticulture 4 Mr. Radhey Lal Horticulture 5 Mr. Dharmu Horticulture 6 Mr. Subash Carpenter 7 Mr. Jalhma Horticulture 8 Mrs. Neema Devi Housewife 9 Mrs. Yasoda Housewife 10 Mrs. Sarajani Housewife 11 Mrs. Taramani Housewife Table A7.2 Consultation at Subproject S1-66 kv Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) switching station at Urni SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the District Head Number of Participant s Quarters 1 Urni Urni Kinnaur 3KM 17 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: URNI 1 Mrs. Banwari Horticulture 2 Mr. Roop Singh Horticulture 3 Mr. Saran Dev Horticulture 4 Mr. Sunil Horticulture 5 Mr. Ram Bhagat Horticulture 6 Mr. Shyam sunder Horticulture 7 Mr. Sali Gram Horticulture 8 Mr. Sita Ram Horticulture 9 Mr. Raj Kumar Horticulture 10 Mr. Sanam Horticulture

130 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation 11 Mr. Sanjeet Horticulture 12 Mr. Parkash Chand Horticulture 13 Mr. Ram Bhagat Horticulture 14 Mr. Chander Singh Horticulture 15 Mr. Santu Ram Horticulture 16 Mr. Mohan singh Horticulture 17 Mr. Birbal Horticulture 127 COMPONENT II. Chamba PIU (Chamba District) subprojects Table A7.3 Consultation at Subproject S2-33/220 kv, 50/63 MVA pooling station (P.S) at Lahal SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the Number of Participants District Head Quarters 1 Lahal Khanni Chamba 64 km 14 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: 1 Mr. Babu Ram Ward Member 2 Mr. Barfi Ram Shop Keeper 3 Mr. Gyan Singh Government Job 4 Mr. Madhoo Ram Government Job 5 Mr. Raghu Ram Labour Job 6 Mr. Bharat Ram Labour Job 7 Mr. Jagat Ram Agriculture 8 Mr. Shakti Prasad Agriculture 9 Mr. Anil Kumar Labour Job 10 Mr. Shyam Lal Unemployed 11 Mr. Kashi Ram Government Job 12 Mr. Dimple Kumar Student 13 Mr. Kartar Singh Unemployed 14 Mr. Suresh Kumar Unemployed Table A7.4 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S3-33/132 kv, 1x50/63 MVA GIS substation at Banjal SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the Number of Participants District Head Quarters 1 Banjal Devi Kothi Chamba 120 km 07 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: BANJAL 1. Mr. Karam Chand Agriculture 2. Mr. Duli Ram Agriculture 3. Mr. Bansi Ram Agriculture 4. Mr. Kesav Agriculture 5. Mr. Jagat Ram Agriculture 6. Mr. Devi Ram Agriculture 7. Mr. Hari Singh Agriculture

131 Table A7.5 List of Participants for Consultation at Subproject S4-33/132 kv, 2x25/31.5 MVA substation at Chambi (Shahpur) SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the Number of Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chambi Mundla Kangra 18 km 08 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHAMBI 1. Mr. Sukh LaL Agriculture 2. Mr. Hukam Chand Labour 3. Mr. Braham Das Labour 4. Mr. Mr. Suresh Kumar Agriculture 5. Mr. Ramesh Chand Agriculture 6. Mr. Avtar Singh Agriculture 7. Mr. Julfi Ram Agriculture 8. Mr. Omkar Singh Agriculture Table A7.6 List of Participants for Consultation at Subproject 132 kv S/C transmission line from Chambi (Shahpur) substation to LILO point of 132 kv Kangra- Dehra S/C transmission line SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the District Head Quarters 128 Number of Participants 1 Smirpur Smirpur (Charvan) Kangra 9 km 07 2 Thiyara Thiyara Kangra 18 km 09 3 Smirpur Khas Smirpur Khas Kangra SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: SMIRPUR 1. Mr. Ram Krishan Agriculture 2. Mr. Surjeet Singh Government Job 3. Mr. Raj Kumar Agriculture 4. Mr. Veer Singh Agriculture 5. Mr. Baldev Singh Agriculture 6. Mr. Bhagwan Das Retired 7. Mr. Vipin Kumar Agriculture Name of the Village: THIYARA 1. Mrs. Kanchan Chowdhary Sarpanch 2. Mr. Vijay Singh Kothi Agriculture 3. Mr. Mr. Akshay Kumar Teacher 4. Mr. Om Prakash Agriculture 5. Mr. Pritam Chand Agriculture 6. Mr. Satish Agriculture 7. Mr. Deshraaj Agriculture 8. Mr. Mr. Ramesh Agriculture 9. Mr. Jagroop Agriculture Name of the Village: SMIRPUR KHAS 1. Mrs. Rita Mankotia Agriculture 2. Mr. Cap. Mehboob Singh Agriculture 3. Mrs. Ramita Mankotia Agriculture 4. Mr. Ashok Mankotia Agriculture

132 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation 5. Mr. Ranjeet Mankotia Service 6. Mr. Sushil Kumar Service 7. Mr. K.S Guleria Service 8. Mrs. Poonam Kumari Service 9. Mrs. Shashi Mankotia Service 10 Mr. Vijay Sharma Agriculture 11 Mrs. Jagdamba Devi Agriculture 12 Mrs. Beena Devi Agriculture Table A7.7 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S6-132/220 kv, 2x100 MVA GIS PS at Sunda SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the Number of Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chirgaon Chirgaon Shimla 150 km 10 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHIRGAON 1. Mr. Rajinder Singh Agriculture 2. Mr. Shemsher Singh Agriculture 3. Mr. Kundan Lal Agriculture 4. Mr. Bhisan Singh Agriculture 5. Mr. Sunil Kumar Agriculture 6. Mr. Jawahar lal Agriculture 7. Mr. Devinder Singh Agriculture 8. Mr. Fakir Chand Agriculture 9. Mr. Bhagwan Das Agriculture 10. Mr. Gyan Chand Agriculture 129 COMPONENT IV: Sarabhai PIU (Kullu and Mandi Districts) subprojects Table A7.8 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S7-33 kv GIS switching station at Palchan and List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject T6-33 kv D/C transmission line from 33 kv Palchan switching station to 33/220 kv substation in the yard of Allain Dhaungan HEP SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the District Head Quarters Number of Participants 1 Burua Burua Kullu Aleo Bashist Kullu SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: BURUA 1. Mrs. Pushpa Devi Agriculture 2. Mr. Prem Chand Agriculture 3. Mrs. Madhu Devi Agriculture 4. Mr. Uday Ram Agriculture 5. Mrs. Bodhi Devi Agriculture 6. Mr. Pana lal Agriculture 7. Mr. Chuni lal Thakur Agriculture 8. Mr. Tikam Ram Service

133 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: ALEO 1 Mr. Anokh Ram Agriculture 2 Mr. Sanjiv Sharma Business 3 Mr. Duni Chand Agriculture Table A7.9 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject T7-132 kv D/C transmission line from Barsaini to 132/220 kv substation at Charor SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the Number of Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chharor Chhorar Kullu 17 km 13 2 Barsaini Barsaini Kullu 60km 10 3 Manikaran Manikaran Kullu 50 km 10 4 Kasol Kasol Kullu 48 km 09 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHHAROR 1 Mr. Nand Lal Agriculture 2 Mr. Chaman Lal Agriculture 3 Mr. Dehar Chand Agriculture 4 Mr. Hari Singh Agriculture 5 Mr. Keer Singh Agriculture 6 Mr. Nup Dev Agriculture 7 Mr. Deepak Agriculture 8 Mr. Duni Thakur Agriculture 9 Mr. Narender Private Job 10 Mr. Chaman Lal Teacher 11 Mr. Nabli Agriculture 12 Mr. Babli Agriculture 13 Mr. Satish Agriculture Name of the Village: BARSAINI 1 Mr. Dinu Ram Agriculture 2 Mr. Puran Chand Service 3 Mr. Tek Ram Agriculture 4 Mrs. Asha Agriculture 5 Mrs. Nupi Devi Agriculture 6 Mr. Kishan Chand Agriculture 7 Mrs. Tulshi Devi Agriculture 8 Mrs. Ruma Devi Agriculture 9 Mr. Mohinder Service 10 Mr. Ram singh Agriculture Name of the Village: MANIKARAN 1 Mr. Thakur Chand Agriculture 2 Mr. Sagar Service 3 Mr. Narender Kumar Agriculture 4 Mr. Chuni lal Agriculture 5 Mrs. Raga Devi Agriculture 6 Mrs.Jivan Devi Agriculture 7 Mr. Dale Ram Agriculture 8 Mr. Kimat Ram Agriculture 9 Mrs. Dharma devi Agriculture 10 Mrs. Bhima Devi Agriculture Name of the Village: KASOL 1 Mr. Tehal Singh Agriculture 130

134 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation 2 Mr. Duni chand Service 3 Mrs. Raksha Devi Agriculture 4 Mrs. Chetamu Devi Agriculture 5 Mr. Jay Krishan Agriculture 6 Mrs. Basaru Devi Agriculture 7 Mr. Hira Lal Agriculture 8 Mr. Tek Chand Agriculture 9 Mrs. Shakuntala Devi Agriculture Table A7.10 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject T8-220 kv D/C transmission line from Charor to 400/220 kv Banala substation of PGCIL SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the Number of Participants District Head Quarters 1 Chharor Chharor Kullu Diyar Diyar Kullu Tharas Rot Kullu SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: CHHAROR 1. Mr. Hari Singh Agriculture 2. Mr. Mahender Singh Agriculture 3. Smt. Neelama Devi Agriculture 4. Smt. Asha Sharma Agriculture 5. Mr. Devender Singh Agriculture 6. Mr. Narayan Singh Agriculture 7. Mr. Nayalu Ram Agriculture 8. Smt. Lotama Devi Agriculture 9. Smt. Indira Devi Agriculture 10 Smt. Oma Devi Agriculture 11 Smt. Ramana Devi Agriculture Name of the Village: DIYAR 1. Mr. Om Prakash Agriculture 2. Mr. Deendyal Sharma Agriculture 3. Mr. Dhale Ram Agriculture 4. Mr. Fateh Chand Sikari Agriculture 5. Mr. Ram Prakash Sharma Agriculture 6. Mr. Tule Ram Business 7. Mr. Diya Singh Un- Employed 8. Mr. Dilip Kumar Agriculture Name of the Village: THARAS 1. Mr. Viru Ram Agriculture 2. Mr. Subhash Gautam Agriculture 3. Mr. Chetan Lal Agriculture 4. Smt. Kalzung Kizom Agriculture 5. Smt. Nago Devi Agriculture 6. Smt. Meera Devi Agriculture 7. Smt. Gayatri Devi Agriculture 8. Mr. Inder Singh Agriculture 9. Mr. Kehar Singh Agriculture 10 Mr. Hem Raj Diwan Service 131

135 132 Table A7.11 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S9-33/132 kv 2x25/31.5 MVA GIS substation at Barsaini SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the Number of Participants District Head Quarters 1 Barsaini Barsaini Kullu SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: BARSAINI 1. Mr. Atma Ram Agriculture 2. Mr. Puran Chand Sarpanch 3. Mr. Nupi Devi Member 4. Mr. Dinu Ram Agriculture 5. Mr. Gyan Chand Job 6. Mr. Suraj Mal Agriculture 7. Mr. Aan Singh Agriculture 8. Mr. Dilip Singh Agriculture 9. Mr. Ludar Chand Agriculture 10 Mr. Puran Chand Agriculture Table A7.12 List of Participants for Consultation for Subproject S10-33/132 kv GIS substation at Pandoh+LILO of one circuit of 132 kv Bajaura-Kangoo D/C transmission line SNo Village Panchayat Districts Distance from the Number of Participants District Head Quarters 1 Pandoh Pandoh Mandi 25 km 13 SNo Name of the Participants Occupation Name of the Village: PANDOH 1. Mr. Manmohan Singh Pradhan 2. Mr. Vibhani Secretary 3. Mr. Kuldeep Contractor 4. Mr. Surender Shopkeeper 5. Mr. Jeevan Lal Shopkeeper 6. Mr. Sita Ram Helper 7. Mr. Takur Das Helper 8. Mr. Heera Singh Agriculture 9. Mr. Arjun Singh Shopkeeper 10. Mr. Prakash Shopkeeper 11. Mr. Lala Ram Tailor 12. Mr. Takur Das Barber 13. Mr. Somnath Shopkeeper A7.II. General Perception and Summary of Consultations are given in Table A7.13 below. A7.13 Summary of Consultations Issues Discussed People s Views and perception General Perception about Project Almost all the villages reported that people are aware about the project. However, people at Chharor village showed apprehension and didn t want the project to be initiated in their land as they had bad experience in earlier private sector project. As they have very limited land, they did

136 133 Issues Discussed Support of local people for proposed project Critical issue and concern by the local people for the project Criteria liked to see during project design, operation stage and construction Employment potential in the project Ethnic Minorities No of shops/commercial establishments Number of industrial units Socio economic standing: land use, cropping pattern People s Views and perception not want to sacrifice their land for this project. People in general felt that roads and electricity will improve with the initiation of this project. Furthermore, the villagers of Zanak Puri (old Tapri) under Urni Wangtoo, people believe that project will improve the electricity in the village. Similarly the people of Lahal, at Lahal substation stated that they will provide support if their demands of good compensation and permanent jobs in the project is promised. People at most of the villages unequivocally agreed that they will support the project. Majority of people did not mention about any critical issues related to the project. People at Zanak Puri under Urni-Wangtoo substation doubted that the project might reduce the availability of electricity in the village due to export (transmission to the grid) of electricity. Adequate safety measures are needed to be taken during construction and post construction. Most of the villages want that the project should offer labour jobs during and after the implementation of the project. Moreover, majority of villages perceive that the youths are educated and they will get jobs during construction and after the construction of the project. Similarly, most of the villages opined that they have utility vehicles and the project should use this during and after the implementation of project. The villagers of Thiyara under Chambi substation opined that some of the youths are diploma holders in electric jobs and the project should employ them. Projects under Kinnaur district is declared as tribal area. Zanakpuri under Urni-Wangtoo substation and Urni under Urni substation belong to designated area of Kinnaur. No large scale commercial activities are found in the villages except few small shops in each village. Commercial activities in the form of different types of shops are present in 3 villages. 70 to 100 shops (the maximum number) fall within the Pandoh village which is having 40 to 50 shops followed by Chirgaon under Sunda substation. Similarly in Thyara village under chambi substation there are about shops. Pandoh and Chirgaon are also large villages having 750 to 800 households. In Chambi village commercial establishments are moderately present and number varies between 10 to 15 shops. All other villages have at least 4 to 10 shops. Banjal village does not have any commercial establishment. In the subproject area, large industries are not present. Very few small scale industrial units and cottage industries are seen. In 9 villages covered there are no industrial units or cottage industries. However, Lahal and Urni have some small scale and cottage industries. In Lahal, there is 1wool weaving unit, 2 oil refining units, 2 wood cutting units and 1 furniture shop. Similarly, in Urni there is 1 cottage industry making shawls and 3 wood cutting units. Likewise, there are 2 flour mills in Barsini. In the village Chambi, an herbal factory is there 5 km away from the village. Invariably agriculture and horticulture are dominant occupation of the subproject area in all the villages. Similarly, agriculture, labour and services are major occupations in the villages. In 10 villages, agriculture is at least one of the major occupations. Similarly, in 9 villages horticulture is one of the main occupations. Likewise in 5 villages, both agriculture and horticulture are major economic activities. Floriculture is one of the occupations of villagers in Banjal. White collar jobs in government and private sectors was a major occupation in 5 villages. In agriculture, wheat and maize are major crops cultivated and

137 134 Issues Discussed Sources of irrigation Access to Forest Land and Use Sources of power supply Sources of electricity Average amount of electricity used by per household Unit Rate Average total monthly expenditure per household on grid electricity Other non-grid electricity to use in your village and expenditure Source of drinking water Loss of residential / commercial structures, if any due to the project Loss of community life like any Market Places or community activities to be affected Shortage of water for human consumption, irrigation, and other downstream uses Negative impact on food grain, availability /land use Will project cause landslides or soil erosion Will project cause widespread imbalance Will project cause health and safety issues Resettlement and land acquisition Protected areas Health status People s Views and perception followed by rice, vegetables, pulses (like kidney beans) is being cultivated in the villages. The cost of maize is Rs 1000/- per quintal, wheat is Rs to Rs.1200/- per quintal and rice is Rs. 1800/- per quintal in the subproject area. Apple, Plum, Pomegranate, Pear, Naspati, Apricot, Chilgo and Mango are some of the horticultural produce of the area. In the project area, 6 villages have small farmers who had land possession in the range of 5 to 20 Bigha, whereas in 4 villages had big farmers whose average land possession ranged from 70 to 100 Bigha. Almost all the villages rely on natural resources like rainwater and spring for irrigation. Only 4 of the villages have access to canal water for irrigation. Chambi and Lahal are the two villages those don t have access to forest in their areas. All other villages have access to forestland and mainly use forest produce for fodder for the animals. All the areas covered during consultation admitted of getting power from the government sources. Similarly, the source of electricity is the government grid for all the areas covered. The average unit varies in the range of 2 to 8 units per households per day. All the villagers reported that they spend in the range of Rs to Rs only per 1 unit consumption of electricity. The average monthly bill varies between the range of Rs. 175/- to Rs. 275/- per month as reported by all the households. Nothing For drinking water, most villages have multiple sources. Majority, about 11, villages use natural water mostly spring water for drinking purpose, besides other sources. Similarly the government supply of IPH water is used by 8 villages. In Lahal, there is a water tank in the village. Similarly, in Samirpur, Chambi and Thiyara villages, the villagers also use water from tube wells for drinking purpose. In Chirgaon, besides natural water people also use canal water for drinking. No loss of structures or buildings anticipated. Nothing was reported in terms of loss of community property. There is no shortage of water for human consumption. However, the villagers of Lahal reported that there is shortage of water for irrigation. There is no perceived negative impact on food grain but in Banjal and Chirgaon, the villagers felt that there might be crop related losses during the time of construction of the project. Majority of the villages covered denied that the project will cause any landslides or soil erosion, except 3 of the villages. The villagers of Banjal, Chagaon and Janakpuri, feel that there might be soil erosion during the time of construction of the project. None reported by all the villages. Only one village feel that the project may cause health problems. People expect minor land acquisition which can still be managed with proper compensation No such protected area has been reported There is no evidence of any health related problems in the sub project

138 Issues Discussed Will project setting change migration pattern of animals Will project site adversely impact the water and soil Educational status 135 People s Views and perception area. All villages reported that people are healthy. In 10 villages, a primary health centre is available. In 2 villages, ayurvedic dispensary is also available along with primary health centre. In other villages, a hospital is accessible within a distance of 5 to 9 km. Few villages reported that people are aware of HIV/AIDS and about sexually transmitted diseases. None reported by all the villages. None reported by all the villages. Most of the villages have literacy rate of 85 %. In only 2 villages, the literacy rate is about 60 % to 65 %. Employment status Invariably agriculture and horticulture are dominant occupation of the subproject area in all the villages. In 10 villages, agriculture is one of the major occupations. Similarly, in 9 villages, horticulture is one of the main occupations. Majority about 80 % of the population are engaged in agriculture. Likewise, in 5 villages both agriculture and horticulture are major economic activities. White-collar jobs both in government and private sectors are major occupations in 5 villages. In these villages about 25 % of the households are in white collar jobs. In Urni village about 50 % of the households are depending on labour work. In Chambi 40 % of the population are unemployed. Migration pattern All the villages reported of in migration. There is no out migration. Type of compensation expected All the villages expect cash compensation. The villagers of Chharor do not want to provide any land to the project. Perceived benefits from project Villagers perceive that roads and street light might improve due to the project. Majority villages feel that there will be job opportunities will improve for the people. Similarly, the villagers also perceive that they will get labour jobs during and after implementation of project. Some of the villages feel that utility vehicle will be used during and after the implementation of project. Perceived loss Most of the villages fear that they will lose land. Other organizations active in the area In all the villages Mahila Mandal (women groups) are present. Few of the villages have Yuvak Mandal (youth groups). In Urni village, there are about 9 organisations. Village Committee In all the villages, the decisions are taken by gram Panchayat and Gramsabha held on any critical and community related issues. All the Panchayat members and Sarpanch actively participate to take a decision on any community related issues. Other issuers In most villages, people welcomed the project and agreed to cooperate during the implementation of project. Some of the villages demand that power should be available for 24 hours. As discussed the villagers of Chharor are against the project. The villagers of Zanakpuri need primary health care centre and a high school in their village. Usefulness of consultation All the villagers admitted that the consultation is useful, and happy as they got an opportunity to share their views before the government officials. Involvement of people in All the participants during the consultation admitted that the local implementation people will provide full cooperation and involvement for the implementation of the project. As discussed the villagers of Chharaor are against the project. This general perception document is common with the Resettlement Planning document prepared for the project.

139 136 Annexure 8 Earthquake History of Himachal Pradesh The state of Himachal Pradesh lies almost entirely in the Himalayan mountains, and is part of the Punjab Himalayas. Due to its location, it weathers dozens of mild earthquakes every year. Large earthquakes have occurred in all parts of Himachal Pradesh, the biggest being the Kangra Earthquake of The Himalayan Frontal Thrust, the Main boundary Thrust, the Krol, the Giri, Jutogh and Nahan thrusts lie in this region. Besides that there are scores of smaller faults, like the Kaurik Fault which triggered the 1975 earthquake. However, it must be stated that proximity to faults does not necessarily translate into a higher hazard as compared to areas located further away, as damage from earthquakes depends on numerous factors such as subsurface geology as well as adherence to the building codes. Seismic Hazard Chamba, Kullu, Kangra, Una, Hamirpur, Mandi, and Bilaspur Districts lie in Zone V. The remaining districts of Lahual and Spiti, Kinnaur, Shimla, Solan and Sirmaur lie in Zone IV. Since the earthquake database in India is still incomplete, especially with regards to earthquakes prior to the historical period (before 1800 A.D.), these zones offer a rough guide of the earthquake hazard in any particular region and need to be regularly updated (See also: GSHAP Hazard Map for Himachal Pradesh). Largest Instrumented Earthquake in Himachal Pradesh 4 April Kangra (Himachal Pradesh), Mw N, E, OT=00:50 UTC At least 28,000 people were killed in the Kangra-Dharamsala region of Himachal Pradesh. Damage and casualties also occurred in adjoining parts of Punjab including the cities of Amritsar, Lahore, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Sialkot. Significant Earthquakes in Himachal Pradesh The following list briefly outlines known earthquakes in this region. General locations 14 provided for historical events for which "generalized" epicentral co-ordinates are available. are 4 April Kangra (Himachal Pradesh), Mw N, E, OT=00:50 UTC At least 28,000 people were killed in the Kangra-Dharamsala region of Himachal Pradesh. Damage and casualties also occurred in adjoining parts of Punjab including the cities of Amritsar, Lahore, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Sialkot. 28 February Near Kullu (Himachal Pradesh), Mw N, 77.00E Damage and casualties in the Bashahr-Shimla hills states. 11 May East of Sultanpur (Himachal Pradesh), 6.0 (TS) 11:30:36 UTC, 31.70N, 77.00E. 22 June Near Padua, Kathwa District, J&K (H.P.-J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 18:00:51 UTC, N, 75.90E. 10 July Near Padua, Kathwad District, J&K (H.P.-J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 10:19:20 UTC, N, E. 12 August Near Padua, Kathwad District, J&K (H.P.-J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 03:59:06 UTC, N, 75.90E. 12 September Chamba-Udhampur Districts (H.P.--J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 20:41:48UTC, 33.30N, 76.50E. 17 June Lahual-Spiti District (Himachal Pradesh), 6.0 (TS) 10:14:09UTC, 32.50N, 78.60E 17 June Chamba-Udhampur Districts (Himacahl Pradesh-J&K Border region), 6.0 (TS) 04:39:26.60 UTC, 33.30N, 76.20E. 14 Some events which were significant for other reasons are also included. Please note that Magnitude and Intensity are not the same. All events are within the state or union territory covered on this page unless stated otherwise.

140 January SW of Dutung, Himachal Pradesh (Indo-China Border region), Ms 6.8 (NEIC) 08:02:02.50, N, N, 33km depth This earthquake struck in the early afternoon of January 19, It registered 6.2 on the Richter scale. It caused havoc in parts of the Kinnaur, Lahaul and Spiti regions of India. 60 people were killed in this sparsely populated region. 21 October Near Pilang (Uttarkashi District), Uttaranchal, Mw 6.8 (NEIC) 21:23:14 UTC / 02:53:14 IST, 30.78N, 78.77E between 750 to 2000 people killed in the Gharwal region. It was also felt very strongly in Uttar Pradesh, Chandigarh, Delhi, Haryana and Punjab. Fatalities were also reported from Himachal Pradesh. Some minor damage was reported in Chandigarh and New Delhi. 29th March Near Gopeshwar (Chamoli District), Uttaranchal, Mw 6.5 (HRV) 19:05:11 UTC, N, E 115 people killed in the Gharwal region. The quake was felt very strongly in Uttar Pradesh, Chandigarh, Delhi and Haryana. In Haryana, one person was killed in the city of Ambala and 2 at Nakodar in the neighbouring state of Punjab. Minor damage to buildings in New Delhi, most significantly in Patparganj. Minor damage also reported from Chandigarh. 11 November Bharmour, Kangra region, Mb N, E, D=34 km, OT=02:13:45 UTC A moderate earthquake struck the Kangra valley and the Dhauladhar Mountains on 11 November 2004 at 07:43 AM local time. It was felt strongly in the Kangra- Dharamsala region and event caused minor damage to buildings in the region. It had a magnitude of Mb= October Kashmir-Kohistan, Pakistan-India border, Mw N, E, D=020.0 km, OT=03:50:40 UTC. A major earthquake struck the India-Pakistan border on the morning of 8 October It had a magnitude of Mw=7.6 and was felt strongly in much of Pakistan, northern India and eastern Afghanistan. The earthquake resulted in more than 80,000 deaths in northern Pakistan and adjoining parts of Jammu & Kashmir, India and is by far one of the deadliest in the sub-continent. At least 10 people also died in other parts of north India and 4 in Afghanistan due to this earthquake. Tremors from the earthquake were felt more than a thousand kilometres away in the Indian states of Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh. Source: Amateur Seismic Centre, Pune, India Acronyms Used: D=Depth; OT=Origin Time; Mw=Moment Magnitude; Ms=Surface Wave magnitude; Mb=Body Wave Magnitude; ML=Local Magnitude; M?=Magnitude Type unknown List of Earthquake in Himachal Pradesh w.e.f 1st Jan 2006 Date LAT (deg. N) LONG (deg. E) Depth (km) Magnitude Region 26/ N 76.0 E Jammu & Kashmir-Himachal Pradesh border region 20/07/ N 78.2 E Kinnaur, Himachal Pradesh 10/12/ N 76.7 E Mandi district, Himachal Pradesh 21/02/ N 77.6 E Himachal Pradesh 04/10/ N 76.0 E Chamba, Himachal Pradesh 14/9/ N 76.1 E Chamba, Himachal Pradesh 21/10/ N 77.3 E District Kullu, Himachal Pradesh 9/1/ N 78.4 E Kinnaur District, Himachal Pradesh 9/1/ N 78.3 E Kinnaur district, Himachal Pradesh Source: Indian Meteorological Department (

141 138 Annexure 9 Highlights of Census 2011 in comparison with 2001 data Description Himachal Kinnaur Kullu Chamba Shimla Actual Population 6,856,509 6,077,248 84,298 78, , , , , , ,502 Male 3,473,892 3,085,256 46,364 42, , , , , , ,996 Female 3,382,617 2,991,992 37,934 36, , , , , , ,506 Population Growth 12.81% 17.54% 7.61% 9.91% 14.65% 26.17% 12.58% 17.19% 12.58% 17.02% Area Sq. km 55, ,401 6,401 5,503 5,503 6,528 6,528 5,131 5,131 Density/km Proportion to Himachal Pradesh Population 100% 100% 1.23% 1.29% 6.38% 6.28% 7.57% 7.58% 11.86% 11.89% Sex Ratio (Per 1000) Child Sex Ratio (0-6 Age) Average Literacy Male Literacy Female Literacy Total Child Population (0-6 Age) 763, ,424 7,987 9,304 50,041 52,820 69,409 69,579 80,778 85,089 Male Population (0-6 Age) 400, ,618 4,090 4,701 25,504 26,955 35,591 35,594 42,018 44,105 Female Population (0-6 Age) 363, ,806 3,897 4,603 24,537 25,865 33,818 33,985 38,760 40,984 Literates 5,1, ,029,097 61,639 51, , , , , , ,330 Male Literates 2,791,542 2,266,103 37,356 31, , , , , , ,745 Female Literates 2,312,964 1,762,994 24,283 20, ,935 95, ,299 93, , ,585 Child Proportion (0-6 Age) % 11.88% 11.44% 13.84% 13.38% 15.10% 9.93% 11.78% Boys Proportion (0-6 Age) % 11.15% 11.37% 13.61% 13.64% 15.13% 9.90% 11.58% Girls Proportion (0-6 Age) % 12.73% 11.51% 14.09% 13.11% 15.06% 9.97% 12.00% Source:

142 139 Annexure 10 National Parks and Sanctuaries in Himachal Pradesh Source of the following information is the publication by Wildlife Wing, HP Forest Department: Enchanting Himalayas, a guide to national parks and wildlife sanctuaries of HP dated October 2004

143 140 FIGURE A10: Aerial Distance of Subprojects from Sanctuaries and National Parks (GOOGLE EARTH based locations)